blob: 3da0d9aef507809d5cc80ff7586be2244f77df1a [file] [log] [blame]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001/* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
2 *
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
4 *
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8 */
9
10/*
11 * misc1.c: functions that didn't seem to fit elsewhere
12 */
13
14#include "vim.h"
15#include "version.h"
16
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000017static char_u *vim_version_dir __ARGS((char_u *vimdir));
18static char_u *remove_tail __ARGS((char_u *p, char_u *pend, char_u *name));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000019static int copy_indent __ARGS((int size, char_u *src));
20
21/*
22 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in the current line.
23 */
24 int
25get_indent()
26{
27 return get_indent_str(ml_get_curline(), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
28}
29
30/*
31 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum".
32 */
33 int
34get_indent_lnum(lnum)
35 linenr_T lnum;
36{
37 return get_indent_str(ml_get(lnum), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
38}
39
40#if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
41/*
42 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum" of buffer
43 * "buf".
44 */
45 int
46get_indent_buf(buf, lnum)
47 buf_T *buf;
48 linenr_T lnum;
49{
50 return get_indent_str(ml_get_buf(buf, lnum, FALSE), (int)buf->b_p_ts);
51}
52#endif
53
54/*
55 * count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "ptr", with
56 * 'tabstop' at "ts"
57 */
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +000058 int
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000059get_indent_str(ptr, ts)
60 char_u *ptr;
61 int ts;
62{
63 int count = 0;
64
65 for ( ; *ptr; ++ptr)
66 {
67 if (*ptr == TAB) /* count a tab for what it is worth */
68 count += ts - (count % ts);
69 else if (*ptr == ' ')
70 ++count; /* count a space for one */
71 else
72 break;
73 }
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +000074 return count;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000075}
76
77/*
78 * Set the indent of the current line.
79 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
80 * Caller must take care of undo.
81 * "flags":
82 * SIN_CHANGED: call changed_bytes() if the line was changed.
83 * SIN_INSERT: insert the indent in front of the line.
84 * SIN_UNDO: save line for undo before changing it.
85 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
86 */
87 int
88set_indent(size, flags)
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +000089 int size; /* measured in spaces */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000090 int flags;
91{
92 char_u *p;
93 char_u *newline;
94 char_u *oldline;
95 char_u *s;
96 int todo;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +000097 int ind_len; /* measured in characters */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098 int line_len;
99 int doit = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000100 int ind_done = 0; /* measured in spaces */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000101 int tab_pad;
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000102 int retval = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000103 int orig_char_len = -1; /* number of initial whitespace chars when
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000104 'et' and 'pi' are both set */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000105
106 /*
107 * First check if there is anything to do and compute the number of
108 * characters needed for the indent.
109 */
110 todo = size;
111 ind_len = 0;
112 p = oldline = ml_get_curline();
113
114 /* Calculate the buffer size for the new indent, and check to see if it
115 * isn't already set */
116
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000117 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs; if both 'expandtab' and
118 * 'preserveindent' are set count the number of characters at the
119 * beginning of the line to be copied */
120 if (!curbuf->b_p_et || (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000121 {
122 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
123 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
124 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
125 {
126 ind_done = 0;
127
128 /* count as many characters as we can use */
129 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
130 {
131 if (*p == TAB)
132 {
133 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
134 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
135 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
136 if (todo < tab_pad)
137 break;
138 todo -= tab_pad;
139 ++ind_len;
140 ind_done += tab_pad;
141 }
142 else
143 {
144 --todo;
145 ++ind_len;
146 ++ind_done;
147 }
148 ++p;
149 }
150
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000151 /* Set initial number of whitespace chars to copy if we are
152 * preserving indent but expandtab is set */
153 if (curbuf->b_p_et)
154 orig_char_len = ind_len;
155
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000156 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
157 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000158 if (todo >= tab_pad && orig_char_len == -1)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000159 {
160 doit = TRUE;
161 todo -= tab_pad;
162 ++ind_len;
163 /* ind_done += tab_pad; */
164 }
165 }
166
167 /* count tabs required for indent */
168 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
169 {
170 if (*p != TAB)
171 doit = TRUE;
172 else
173 ++p;
174 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
175 ++ind_len;
176 /* ind_done += (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; */
177 }
178 }
179 /* count spaces required for indent */
180 while (todo > 0)
181 {
182 if (*p != ' ')
183 doit = TRUE;
184 else
185 ++p;
186 --todo;
187 ++ind_len;
188 /* ++ind_done; */
189 }
190
191 /* Return if the indent is OK already. */
192 if (!doit && !vim_iswhite(*p) && !(flags & SIN_INSERT))
193 return FALSE;
194
195 /* Allocate memory for the new line. */
196 if (flags & SIN_INSERT)
197 p = oldline;
198 else
199 p = skipwhite(p);
200 line_len = (int)STRLEN(p) + 1;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000201
202 /* If 'preserveindent' and 'expandtab' are both set keep the original
203 * characters and allocate accordingly. We will fill the rest with spaces
204 * after the if (!curbuf->b_p_et) below. */
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000205 if (orig_char_len != -1)
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000206 {
207 newline = alloc(orig_char_len + size - ind_done + line_len);
208 if (newline == NULL)
209 return FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000210 todo = size - ind_done;
211 ind_len = orig_char_len + todo; /* Set total length of indent in
212 * characters, which may have been
213 * undercounted until now */
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000214 p = oldline;
215 s = newline;
216 while (orig_char_len > 0)
217 {
218 *s++ = *p++;
219 orig_char_len--;
220 }
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +0000221
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000222 /* Skip over any additional white space (useful when newindent is less
223 * than old) */
224 while (vim_iswhite(*p))
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +0000225 ++p;
Bram Moolenaarcc00b952007-08-11 12:32:57 +0000226
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000227 }
228 else
229 {
230 todo = size;
231 newline = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
232 if (newline == NULL)
233 return FALSE;
234 s = newline;
235 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000236
237 /* Put the characters in the new line. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000238 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */
239 if (!curbuf->b_p_et)
240 {
241 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
242 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
243 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
244 {
245 p = oldline;
246 ind_done = 0;
247
248 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
249 {
250 if (*p == TAB)
251 {
252 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
253 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
254 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
255 if (todo < tab_pad)
256 break;
257 todo -= tab_pad;
258 ind_done += tab_pad;
259 }
260 else
261 {
262 --todo;
263 ++ind_done;
264 }
265 *s++ = *p++;
266 }
267
268 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
269 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
270 if (todo >= tab_pad)
271 {
272 *s++ = TAB;
273 todo -= tab_pad;
274 }
275
276 p = skipwhite(p);
277 }
278
279 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
280 {
281 *s++ = TAB;
282 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
283 }
284 }
285 while (todo > 0)
286 {
287 *s++ = ' ';
288 --todo;
289 }
290 mch_memmove(s, p, (size_t)line_len);
291
292 /* Replace the line (unless undo fails). */
293 if (!(flags & SIN_UNDO) || u_savesub(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) == OK)
294 {
295 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newline, FALSE);
296 if (flags & SIN_CHANGED)
297 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
298 /* Correct saved cursor position if it's after the indent. */
299 if (saved_cursor.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum
300 && saved_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - oldline))
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +0000301 saved_cursor.col += ind_len - (colnr_T)(p - oldline);
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000302 retval = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000303 }
304 else
305 vim_free(newline);
306
307 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000308 return retval;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000309}
310
311/*
312 * Copy the indent from ptr to the current line (and fill to size)
313 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
314 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
315 */
316 static int
317copy_indent(size, src)
318 int size;
319 char_u *src;
320{
321 char_u *p = NULL;
322 char_u *line = NULL;
323 char_u *s;
324 int todo;
325 int ind_len;
326 int line_len = 0;
327 int tab_pad;
328 int ind_done;
329 int round;
330
331 /* Round 1: compute the number of characters needed for the indent
332 * Round 2: copy the characters. */
333 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
334 {
335 todo = size;
336 ind_len = 0;
337 ind_done = 0;
338 s = src;
339
340 /* Count/copy the usable portion of the source line */
341 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*s))
342 {
343 if (*s == TAB)
344 {
345 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
346 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
347 /* Stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
348 if (todo < tab_pad)
349 break;
350 todo -= tab_pad;
351 ind_done += tab_pad;
352 }
353 else
354 {
355 --todo;
356 ++ind_done;
357 }
358 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000359 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000360 *p++ = *s;
361 ++s;
362 }
363
364 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
365 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
366 if (todo >= tab_pad)
367 {
368 todo -= tab_pad;
369 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000370 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000371 *p++ = TAB;
372 }
373
374 /* Add tabs required for indent */
375 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
376 {
377 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
378 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000379 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000380 *p++ = TAB;
381 }
382
383 /* Count/add spaces required for indent */
384 while (todo > 0)
385 {
386 --todo;
387 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000388 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000389 *p++ = ' ';
390 }
391
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000392 if (p == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000393 {
394 /* Allocate memory for the result: the copied indent, new indent
395 * and the rest of the line. */
396 line_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()) + 1;
397 line = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
398 if (line == NULL)
399 return FALSE;
400 p = line;
401 }
402 }
403
404 /* Append the original line */
405 mch_memmove(p, ml_get_curline(), (size_t)line_len);
406
407 /* Replace the line */
408 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, line, FALSE);
409
410 /* Put the cursor after the indent. */
411 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
412 return TRUE;
413}
414
415/*
416 * Return the indent of the current line after a number. Return -1 if no
417 * number was found. Used for 'n' in 'formatoptions': numbered list.
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000418 * Since a pattern is used it can actually handle more than numbers.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000419 */
420 int
421get_number_indent(lnum)
422 linenr_T lnum;
423{
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000424 colnr_T col;
425 pos_T pos;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000426 regmmatch_T regmatch;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000427
428 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
429 return -1;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000430 pos.lnum = 0;
431 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_p_flp, RE_MAGIC);
432 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL)
433 {
434 regmatch.rmm_ic = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar3b56eb32005-07-11 22:40:32 +0000435 regmatch.rmm_maxcol = 0;
Bram Moolenaar91a4e822008-01-19 14:59:58 +0000436 if (vim_regexec_multi(&regmatch, curwin, curbuf, lnum,
437 (colnr_T)0, NULL))
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000438 {
439 pos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum + lnum;
440 pos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
441#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
442 pos.coladd = 0;
443#endif
444 }
445 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
446 }
447
448 if (pos.lnum == 0 || *ml_get_pos(&pos) == NUL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000449 return -1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000450 getvcol(curwin, &pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
451 return (int)col;
452}
453
454#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT)
455
456static int cin_is_cinword __ARGS((char_u *line));
457
458/*
459 * Return TRUE if the string "line" starts with a word from 'cinwords'.
460 */
461 static int
462cin_is_cinword(line)
463 char_u *line;
464{
465 char_u *cinw;
466 char_u *cinw_buf;
467 int cinw_len;
468 int retval = FALSE;
469 int len;
470
471 cinw_len = (int)STRLEN(curbuf->b_p_cinw) + 1;
472 cinw_buf = alloc((unsigned)cinw_len);
473 if (cinw_buf != NULL)
474 {
475 line = skipwhite(line);
476 for (cinw = curbuf->b_p_cinw; *cinw; )
477 {
478 len = copy_option_part(&cinw, cinw_buf, cinw_len, ",");
479 if (STRNCMP(line, cinw_buf, len) == 0
480 && (!vim_iswordc(line[len]) || !vim_iswordc(line[len - 1])))
481 {
482 retval = TRUE;
483 break;
484 }
485 }
486 vim_free(cinw_buf);
487 }
488 return retval;
489}
490#endif
491
492/*
493 * open_line: Add a new line below or above the current line.
494 *
495 * For VREPLACE mode, we only add a new line when we get to the end of the
496 * file, otherwise we just start replacing the next line.
497 *
498 * Caller must take care of undo. Since VREPLACE may affect any number of
499 * lines however, it may call u_save_cursor() again when starting to change a
500 * new line.
501 * "flags": OPENLINE_DELSPACES delete spaces after cursor
502 * OPENLINE_DO_COM format comments
503 * OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL keep trailing spaces
504 * OPENLINE_MARKFIX adjust mark positions after the line break
505 *
506 * Return TRUE for success, FALSE for failure
507 */
508 int
509open_line(dir, flags, old_indent)
510 int dir; /* FORWARD or BACKWARD */
511 int flags;
512 int old_indent; /* indent for after ^^D in Insert mode */
513{
514 char_u *saved_line; /* copy of the original line */
515 char_u *next_line = NULL; /* copy of the next line */
516 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* what goes to next line */
517 int less_cols = 0; /* less columns for mark in new line */
518 int less_cols_off = 0; /* columns to skip for mark adjust */
519 pos_T old_cursor; /* old cursor position */
520 int newcol = 0; /* new cursor column */
521 int newindent = 0; /* auto-indent of the new line */
522 int n;
523 int trunc_line = FALSE; /* truncate current line afterwards */
524 int retval = FALSE; /* return value, default is FAIL */
525#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
526 int extra_len = 0; /* length of p_extra string */
527 int lead_len; /* length of comment leader */
528 char_u *lead_flags; /* position in 'comments' for comment leader */
529 char_u *leader = NULL; /* copy of comment leader */
530#endif
531 char_u *allocated = NULL; /* allocated memory */
532#if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_LISP) \
533 || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
534 char_u *p;
535#endif
536 int saved_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
537#if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
538 pos_T *pos;
539#endif
540#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
541 int do_si = (!p_paste && curbuf->b_p_si
542# ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
543 && !curbuf->b_p_cin
544# endif
545 );
546 int no_si = FALSE; /* reset did_si afterwards */
547 int first_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
548#endif
549#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
550 int vreplace_mode;
551#endif
552 int did_append; /* appended a new line */
553 int saved_pi = curbuf->b_p_pi; /* copy of preserveindent setting */
554
555 /*
556 * make a copy of the current line so we can mess with it
557 */
558 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
559 if (saved_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
560 return FALSE;
561
562#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
563 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
564 {
565 /*
566 * With VREPLACE we make a copy of the next line, which we will be
567 * starting to replace. First make the new line empty and let vim play
568 * with the indenting and comment leader to its heart's content. Then
569 * we grab what it ended up putting on the new line, put back the
570 * original line, and call ins_char() to put each new character onto
571 * the line, replacing what was there before and pushing the right
572 * stuff onto the replace stack. -- webb.
573 */
574 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < orig_line_count)
575 next_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1));
576 else
577 next_line = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
578 if (next_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
579 goto theend;
580
581 /*
582 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
583 * replacing the next line, so push all of the characters left on the
584 * line onto the replace stack. We'll push any other characters that
585 * might be replaced at the start of the next line (due to autoindent
586 * etc) a bit later.
587 */
588 replace_push(NUL); /* Call twice because BS over NL expects it */
589 replace_push(NUL);
590 p = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
591 while (*p != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +0000592 {
593#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
594 if (has_mbyte)
595 p += replace_push_mb(p);
596 else
597#endif
598 replace_push(*p++);
599 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000600 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
601 }
602#endif
603
604 if ((State & INSERT)
605#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
606 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
607#endif
608 )
609 {
610 p_extra = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
611#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
612 if (do_si) /* need first char after new line break */
613 {
614 p = skipwhite(p_extra);
615 first_char = *p;
616 }
617#endif
618#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
619 extra_len = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
620#endif
621 saved_char = *p_extra;
622 *p_extra = NUL;
623 }
624
625 u_clearline(); /* cannot do "U" command when adding lines */
626#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
627 did_si = FALSE;
628#endif
629 ai_col = 0;
630
631 /*
632 * If we just did an auto-indent, then we didn't type anything on
633 * the prior line, and it should be truncated. Do this even if 'ai' is not
634 * set because automatically inserting a comment leader also sets did_ai.
635 */
636 if (dir == FORWARD && did_ai)
637 trunc_line = TRUE;
638
639 /*
640 * If 'autoindent' and/or 'smartindent' is set, try to figure out what
641 * indent to use for the new line.
642 */
643 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
644#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
645 || do_si
646#endif
647 )
648 {
649 /*
650 * count white space on current line
651 */
652 newindent = get_indent_str(saved_line, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
653 if (newindent == 0)
654 newindent = old_indent; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
655
656#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
657 /*
658 * Do smart indenting.
659 * In insert/replace mode (only when dir == FORWARD)
660 * we may move some text to the next line. If it starts with '{'
661 * don't add an indent. Fixes inserting a NL before '{' in line
662 * "if (condition) {"
663 */
664 if (!trunc_line && do_si && *saved_line != NUL
665 && (p_extra == NULL || first_char != '{'))
666 {
667 char_u *ptr;
668 char_u last_char;
669
670 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
671 ptr = saved_line;
672# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
673 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
674 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
675 else
676 lead_len = 0;
677# endif
678 if (dir == FORWARD)
679 {
680 /*
681 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
682 * recognised as comments.
683 */
684 if (
685# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
686 lead_len == 0 &&
687# endif
688 ptr[0] == '#')
689 {
690 while (ptr[0] == '#' && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
691 ptr = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
692 newindent = get_indent();
693 }
694# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
695 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
696 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
697 else
698 lead_len = 0;
699 if (lead_len > 0)
700 {
701 /*
702 * This case gets the following right:
703 * \*
704 * * A comment (read '\' as '/').
705 * *\
706 * #define IN_THE_WAY
707 * This should line up here;
708 */
709 p = skipwhite(ptr);
710 if (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '*')
711 p++;
712 if (p[0] == '*')
713 {
714 for (p++; *p; p++)
715 {
716 if (p[0] == '/' && p[-1] == '*')
717 {
718 /*
719 * End of C comment, indent should line up
720 * with the line containing the start of
721 * the comment
722 */
723 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
724 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
725 {
726 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
727 newindent = get_indent();
728 }
729 }
730 }
731 }
732 }
733 else /* Not a comment line */
734# endif
735 {
736 /* Find last non-blank in line */
737 p = ptr + STRLEN(ptr) - 1;
738 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
739 --p;
740 last_char = *p;
741
742 /*
743 * find the character just before the '{' or ';'
744 */
745 if (last_char == '{' || last_char == ';')
746 {
747 if (p > ptr)
748 --p;
749 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
750 --p;
751 }
752 /*
753 * Try to catch lines that are split over multiple
754 * lines. eg:
755 * if (condition &&
756 * condition) {
757 * Should line up here!
758 * }
759 */
760 if (*p == ')')
761 {
762 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
763 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
764 {
765 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
766 newindent = get_indent();
767 ptr = ml_get_curline();
768 }
769 }
770 /*
771 * If last character is '{' do indent, without
772 * checking for "if" and the like.
773 */
774 if (last_char == '{')
775 {
776 did_si = TRUE; /* do indent */
777 no_si = TRUE; /* don't delete it when '{' typed */
778 }
779 /*
780 * Look for "if" and the like, use 'cinwords'.
781 * Don't do this if the previous line ended in ';' or
782 * '}'.
783 */
784 else if (last_char != ';' && last_char != '}'
785 && cin_is_cinword(ptr))
786 did_si = TRUE;
787 }
788 }
789 else /* dir == BACKWARD */
790 {
791 /*
792 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
793 * recognised as comments.
794 */
795 if (
796# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
797 lead_len == 0 &&
798# endif
799 ptr[0] == '#')
800 {
801 int was_backslashed = FALSE;
802
803 while ((ptr[0] == '#' || was_backslashed) &&
804 curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
805 {
806 if (*ptr && ptr[STRLEN(ptr) - 1] == '\\')
807 was_backslashed = TRUE;
808 else
809 was_backslashed = FALSE;
810 ptr = ml_get(++curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
811 }
812 if (was_backslashed)
813 newindent = 0; /* Got to end of file */
814 else
815 newindent = get_indent();
816 }
817 p = skipwhite(ptr);
818 if (*p == '}') /* if line starts with '}': do indent */
819 did_si = TRUE;
820 else /* can delete indent when '{' typed */
821 can_si_back = TRUE;
822 }
823 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
824 }
825 if (do_si)
826 can_si = TRUE;
827#endif /* FEAT_SMARTINDENT */
828
829 did_ai = TRUE;
830 }
831
832#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
833 /*
834 * Find out if the current line starts with a comment leader.
835 * This may then be inserted in front of the new line.
836 */
837 end_comment_pending = NUL;
838 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
839 lead_len = get_leader_len(saved_line, &lead_flags, dir == BACKWARD);
840 else
841 lead_len = 0;
842 if (lead_len > 0)
843 {
844 char_u *lead_repl = NULL; /* replaces comment leader */
845 int lead_repl_len = 0; /* length of *lead_repl */
846 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
847 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
848 char_u *comment_end = NULL; /* where lead_end has been found */
849 int extra_space = FALSE; /* append extra space */
850 int current_flag;
851 int require_blank = FALSE; /* requires blank after middle */
852 char_u *p2;
853
854 /*
855 * If the comment leader has the start, middle or end flag, it may not
856 * be used or may be replaced with the middle leader.
857 */
858 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p)
859 {
860 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
861 {
862 require_blank = TRUE;
863 continue;
864 }
865 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
866 {
867 current_flag = *p;
868 if (*p == COM_START)
869 {
870 /*
871 * Doing "O" on a start of comment does not insert leader.
872 */
873 if (dir == BACKWARD)
874 {
875 lead_len = 0;
876 break;
877 }
878
879 /* find start of middle part */
880 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
881 require_blank = FALSE;
882 }
883
884 /*
885 * Isolate the strings of the middle and end leader.
886 */
887 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
888 {
889 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
890 require_blank = TRUE;
891 ++p;
892 }
893 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
894
895 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
896 {
897 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
898 if (*p == COM_AUTO_END)
899 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
900 ++p;
901 }
902 n = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
903
904 if (end_comment_pending == -1) /* we can set it now */
905 end_comment_pending = lead_end[n - 1];
906
907 /*
908 * If the end of the comment is in the same line, don't use
909 * the comment leader.
910 */
911 if (dir == FORWARD)
912 {
913 for (p = saved_line + lead_len; *p; ++p)
914 if (STRNCMP(p, lead_end, n) == 0)
915 {
916 comment_end = p;
917 lead_len = 0;
918 break;
919 }
920 }
921
922 /*
923 * Doing "o" on a start of comment inserts the middle leader.
924 */
925 if (lead_len > 0)
926 {
927 if (current_flag == COM_START)
928 {
929 lead_repl = lead_middle;
930 lead_repl_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
931 }
932
933 /*
934 * If we have hit RETURN immediately after the start
935 * comment leader, then put a space after the middle
936 * comment leader on the next line.
937 */
938 if (!vim_iswhite(saved_line[lead_len - 1])
939 && ((p_extra != NULL
940 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col == lead_len)
941 || (p_extra == NULL
942 && saved_line[lead_len] == NUL)
943 || require_blank))
944 extra_space = TRUE;
945 }
946 break;
947 }
948 if (*p == COM_END)
949 {
950 /*
951 * Doing "o" on the end of a comment does not insert leader.
952 * Remember where the end is, might want to use it to find the
953 * start (for C-comments).
954 */
955 if (dir == FORWARD)
956 {
957 comment_end = skipwhite(saved_line);
958 lead_len = 0;
959 break;
960 }
961
962 /*
963 * Doing "O" on the end of a comment inserts the middle leader.
964 * Find the string for the middle leader, searching backwards.
965 */
966 while (p > curbuf->b_p_com && *p != ',')
967 --p;
968 for (lead_repl = p; lead_repl > curbuf->b_p_com
969 && lead_repl[-1] != ':'; --lead_repl)
970 ;
971 lead_repl_len = (int)(p - lead_repl);
972
973 /* We can probably always add an extra space when doing "O" on
974 * the comment-end */
975 extra_space = TRUE;
976
977 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
978 for (p2 = p; *p2 && *p2 != ':'; p2++)
979 {
980 if (*p2 == COM_AUTO_END)
981 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
982 }
983 if (end_comment_pending == -1)
984 {
985 /* Find last character in end-comment string */
986 while (*p2 && *p2 != ',')
987 p2++;
988 end_comment_pending = p2[-1];
989 }
990 break;
991 }
992 if (*p == COM_FIRST)
993 {
994 /*
995 * Comment leader for first line only: Don't repeat leader
996 * when using "O", blank out leader when using "o".
997 */
998 if (dir == BACKWARD)
999 lead_len = 0;
1000 else
1001 {
1002 lead_repl = (char_u *)"";
1003 lead_repl_len = 0;
1004 }
1005 break;
1006 }
1007 }
1008 if (lead_len)
1009 {
1010 /* allocate buffer (may concatenate p_exta later) */
1011 leader = alloc(lead_len + lead_repl_len + extra_space +
1012 extra_len + 1);
1013 allocated = leader; /* remember to free it later */
1014
1015 if (leader == NULL)
1016 lead_len = 0;
1017 else
1018 {
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00001019 vim_strncpy(leader, saved_line, lead_len);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001020
1021 /*
1022 * Replace leader with lead_repl, right or left adjusted
1023 */
1024 if (lead_repl != NULL)
1025 {
1026 int c = 0;
1027 int off = 0;
1028
Bram Moolenaard7d5b472009-11-11 16:30:08 +00001029 for (p = lead_flags; *p != NUL && *p != ':'; )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001030 {
1031 if (*p == COM_RIGHT || *p == COM_LEFT)
Bram Moolenaard7d5b472009-11-11 16:30:08 +00001032 c = *p++;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001033 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
1034 off = getdigits(&p);
Bram Moolenaard7d5b472009-11-11 16:30:08 +00001035 else
1036 ++p;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001037 }
1038 if (c == COM_RIGHT) /* right adjusted leader */
1039 {
1040 /* find last non-white in the leader to line up with */
1041 for (p = leader + lead_len - 1; p > leader
1042 && vim_iswhite(*p); --p)
1043 ;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001044 ++p;
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001045
1046#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1047 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
1048 * screen characters, not bytes. */
1049 {
1050 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
1051 lead_repl_len);
1052 int old_size = 0;
1053 char_u *endp = p;
1054 int l;
1055
1056 while (old_size < repl_size && p > leader)
1057 {
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00001058 mb_ptr_back(leader, p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001059 old_size += ptr2cells(p);
1060 }
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00001061 l = lead_repl_len - (int)(endp - p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001062 if (l != 0)
1063 mch_memmove(endp + l, endp,
1064 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - endp));
1065 lead_len += l;
1066 }
1067#else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001068 if (p < leader + lead_repl_len)
1069 p = leader;
1070 else
1071 p -= lead_repl_len;
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001072#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001073 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
1074 if (p + lead_repl_len > leader + lead_len)
1075 p[lead_repl_len] = NUL;
1076
1077 /* blank-out any other chars from the old leader. */
1078 while (--p >= leader)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001079 {
1080#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1081 int l = mb_head_off(leader, p);
1082
1083 if (l > 1)
1084 {
1085 p -= l;
1086 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
1087 {
1088 p[1] = ' ';
1089 --l;
1090 }
1091 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l + 1,
1092 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - (p + l + 1)));
1093 lead_len -= l;
1094 *p = ' ';
1095 }
1096 else
1097#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001098 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
1099 *p = ' ';
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001100 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001101 }
1102 else /* left adjusted leader */
1103 {
1104 p = skipwhite(leader);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001105#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1106 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
1107 * screen characters, not bytes. Move the part that is
1108 * not to be overwritten. */
1109 {
1110 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
1111 lead_repl_len);
1112 int i;
1113 int l;
1114
1115 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && i < lead_len; i += l)
1116 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001117 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001118 if (vim_strnsize(p, i + l) > repl_size)
1119 break;
1120 }
1121 if (i != lead_repl_len)
1122 {
1123 mch_memmove(p + lead_repl_len, p + i,
Bram Moolenaar2d7ff052009-11-17 15:08:26 +00001124 (size_t)(lead_len - i - (p - leader)));
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001125 lead_len += lead_repl_len - i;
1126 }
1127 }
1128#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001129 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
1130
1131 /* Replace any remaining non-white chars in the old
1132 * leader by spaces. Keep Tabs, the indent must
1133 * remain the same. */
1134 for (p += lead_repl_len; p < leader + lead_len; ++p)
1135 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
1136 {
1137 /* Don't put a space before a TAB. */
1138 if (p + 1 < leader + lead_len && p[1] == TAB)
1139 {
1140 --lead_len;
1141 mch_memmove(p, p + 1,
1142 (leader + lead_len) - p);
1143 }
1144 else
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001145 {
1146#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001147 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001148
1149 if (l > 1)
1150 {
1151 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
1152 {
1153 /* Replace a double-wide char with
1154 * two spaces */
1155 --l;
1156 *p++ = ' ';
1157 }
1158 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l,
1159 (leader + lead_len) - p);
1160 lead_len -= l - 1;
1161 }
1162#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001163 *p = ' ';
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001164 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001165 }
1166 *p = NUL;
1167 }
1168
1169 /* Recompute the indent, it may have changed. */
1170 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
1171#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1172 || do_si
1173#endif
1174 )
1175 newindent = get_indent_str(leader, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
1176
1177 /* Add the indent offset */
1178 if (newindent + off < 0)
1179 {
1180 off = -newindent;
1181 newindent = 0;
1182 }
1183 else
1184 newindent += off;
1185
1186 /* Correct trailing spaces for the shift, so that
1187 * alignment remains equal. */
1188 while (off > 0 && lead_len > 0
1189 && leader[lead_len - 1] == ' ')
1190 {
1191 /* Don't do it when there is a tab before the space */
1192 if (vim_strchr(skipwhite(leader), '\t') != NULL)
1193 break;
1194 --lead_len;
1195 --off;
1196 }
1197
1198 /* If the leader ends in white space, don't add an
1199 * extra space */
1200 if (lead_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(leader[lead_len - 1]))
1201 extra_space = FALSE;
1202 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
1203 }
1204
1205 if (extra_space)
1206 {
1207 leader[lead_len++] = ' ';
1208 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
1209 }
1210
1211 newcol = lead_len;
1212
1213 /*
1214 * if a new indent will be set below, remove the indent that
1215 * is in the comment leader
1216 */
1217 if (newindent
1218#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1219 || did_si
1220#endif
1221 )
1222 {
1223 while (lead_len && vim_iswhite(*leader))
1224 {
1225 --lead_len;
1226 --newcol;
1227 ++leader;
1228 }
1229 }
1230
1231 }
1232#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1233 did_si = can_si = FALSE;
1234#endif
1235 }
1236 else if (comment_end != NULL)
1237 {
1238 /*
1239 * We have finished a comment, so we don't use the leader.
1240 * If this was a C-comment and 'ai' or 'si' is set do a normal
1241 * indent to align with the line containing the start of the
1242 * comment.
1243 */
1244 if (comment_end[0] == '*' && comment_end[1] == '/' &&
1245 (curbuf->b_p_ai
1246#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1247 || do_si
1248#endif
1249 ))
1250 {
1251 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
1252 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(comment_end - saved_line);
1253 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
1254 {
1255 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
1256 newindent = get_indent();
1257 }
1258 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
1259 }
1260 }
1261 }
1262#endif
1263
1264 /* (State == INSERT || State == REPLACE), only when dir == FORWARD */
1265 if (p_extra != NULL)
1266 {
1267 *p_extra = saved_char; /* restore char that NUL replaced */
1268
1269 /*
1270 * When 'ai' set or "flags" has OPENLINE_DELSPACES, skip to the first
1271 * non-blank.
1272 *
1273 * When in REPLACE mode, put the deleted blanks on the replace stack,
1274 * preceded by a NUL, so they can be put back when a BS is entered.
1275 */
1276 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1277 replace_push(NUL); /* end of extra blanks */
1278 if (curbuf->b_p_ai || (flags & OPENLINE_DELSPACES))
1279 {
1280 while ((*p_extra == ' ' || *p_extra == '\t')
1281#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1282 && (!enc_utf8
1283 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(p_extra + 1)))
1284#endif
1285 )
1286 {
1287 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1288 replace_push(*p_extra);
1289 ++p_extra;
1290 ++less_cols_off;
1291 }
1292 }
1293 if (*p_extra != NUL)
1294 did_ai = FALSE; /* append some text, don't truncate now */
1295
1296 /* columns for marks adjusted for removed columns */
1297 less_cols = (int)(p_extra - saved_line);
1298 }
1299
1300 if (p_extra == NULL)
1301 p_extra = (char_u *)""; /* append empty line */
1302
1303#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1304 /* concatenate leader and p_extra, if there is a leader */
1305 if (lead_len)
1306 {
1307 STRCAT(leader, p_extra);
1308 p_extra = leader;
1309 did_ai = TRUE; /* So truncating blanks works with comments */
1310 less_cols -= lead_len;
1311 }
1312 else
1313 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* turns out there was no leader */
1314#endif
1315
1316 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
1317 if (dir == BACKWARD)
1318 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1319#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1320 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) || old_cursor.lnum >= orig_line_count)
1321#endif
1322 {
1323 if (ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, (colnr_T)0, FALSE)
1324 == FAIL)
1325 goto theend;
1326 /* Postpone calling changed_lines(), because it would mess up folding
1327 * with markers. */
1328 mark_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L);
1329 did_append = TRUE;
1330 }
1331#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1332 else
1333 {
1334 /*
1335 * In VREPLACE mode we are starting to replace the next line.
1336 */
1337 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++;
1338 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= Insstart.lnum + vr_lines_changed)
1339 {
1340 /* In case we NL to a new line, BS to the previous one, and NL
1341 * again, we don't want to save the new line for undo twice.
1342 */
1343 (void)u_save_cursor(); /* errors are ignored! */
1344 vr_lines_changed++;
1345 }
1346 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, TRUE);
1347 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
1348 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
1349 did_append = FALSE;
1350 }
1351#endif
1352
1353 if (newindent
1354#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1355 || did_si
1356#endif
1357 )
1358 {
1359 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1360#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1361 if (did_si)
1362 {
1363 if (p_sr)
1364 newindent -= newindent % (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
1365 newindent += (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
1366 }
1367#endif
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +00001368 /* Copy the indent */
1369 if (curbuf->b_p_ci)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001370 {
1371 (void)copy_indent(newindent, saved_line);
1372
1373 /*
1374 * Set the 'preserveindent' option so that any further screwing
1375 * with the line doesn't entirely destroy our efforts to preserve
1376 * it. It gets restored at the function end.
1377 */
1378 curbuf->b_p_pi = TRUE;
1379 }
1380 else
1381 (void)set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT);
1382 less_cols -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
1383
1384 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1385
1386 /*
1387 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the new indent, there must
1388 * be a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS
1389 */
1390 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1391 for (n = 0; n < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col; ++n)
1392 replace_push(NUL);
1393 newcol += curwin->w_cursor.col;
1394#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1395 if (no_si)
1396 did_si = FALSE;
1397#endif
1398 }
1399
1400#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1401 /*
1402 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the extra leader, there must be
1403 * a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS.
1404 */
1405 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1406 while (lead_len-- > 0)
1407 replace_push(NUL);
1408#endif
1409
1410 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
1411
1412 if (dir == FORWARD)
1413 {
1414 if (trunc_line || (State & INSERT))
1415 {
1416 /* truncate current line at cursor */
1417 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
1418 /* Remove trailing white space, unless OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL used. */
1419 if (trunc_line && !(flags & OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL))
1420 truncate_spaces(saved_line);
1421 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, saved_line, FALSE);
1422 saved_line = NULL;
1423 if (did_append)
1424 {
1425 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col,
1426 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, 1L);
1427 did_append = FALSE;
1428
1429 /* Move marks after the line break to the new line. */
1430 if (flags & OPENLINE_MARKFIX)
1431 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
1432 curwin->w_cursor.col + less_cols_off,
1433 1L, (long)-less_cols);
1434 }
1435 else
1436 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
1437 }
1438
1439 /*
1440 * Put the cursor on the new line. Careful: the scrollup() above may
1441 * have moved w_cursor, we must use old_cursor.
1442 */
1443 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = old_cursor.lnum + 1;
1444 }
1445 if (did_append)
1446 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L);
1447
1448 curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol;
1449#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1450 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
1451#endif
1452
1453#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
1454 /*
1455 * In VREPLACE mode, we are handling the replace stack ourselves, so stop
1456 * fixthisline() from doing it (via change_indent()) by telling it we're in
1457 * normal INSERT mode.
1458 */
1459 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1460 {
1461 vreplace_mode = State; /* So we know to put things right later */
1462 State = INSERT;
1463 }
1464 else
1465 vreplace_mode = 0;
1466#endif
1467#ifdef FEAT_LISP
1468 /*
1469 * May do lisp indenting.
1470 */
1471 if (!p_paste
1472# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1473 && leader == NULL
1474# endif
1475 && curbuf->b_p_lisp
1476 && curbuf->b_p_ai)
1477 {
1478 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
1479 p = ml_get_curline();
1480 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
1481 }
1482#endif
1483#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
1484 /*
1485 * May do indenting after opening a new line.
1486 */
1487 if (!p_paste
1488 && (curbuf->b_p_cin
1489# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
1490 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
1491# endif
1492 )
1493 && in_cinkeys(dir == FORWARD
1494 ? KEY_OPEN_FORW
1495 : KEY_OPEN_BACK, ' ', linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)))
1496 {
1497 do_c_expr_indent();
1498 p = ml_get_curline();
1499 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
1500 }
1501#endif
1502#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
1503 if (vreplace_mode != 0)
1504 State = vreplace_mode;
1505#endif
1506
1507#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1508 /*
1509 * Finally, VREPLACE gets the stuff on the new line, then puts back the
1510 * original line, and inserts the new stuff char by char, pushing old stuff
1511 * onto the replace stack (via ins_char()).
1512 */
1513 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1514 {
1515 /* Put new line in p_extra */
1516 p_extra = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
1517 if (p_extra == NULL)
1518 goto theend;
1519
1520 /* Put back original line */
1521 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, next_line, FALSE);
1522
1523 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
1524 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
1525#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1526 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
1527#endif
1528 ins_bytes(p_extra); /* will call changed_bytes() */
1529 vim_free(p_extra);
1530 next_line = NULL;
1531 }
1532#endif
1533
1534 retval = TRUE; /* success! */
1535theend:
1536 curbuf->b_p_pi = saved_pi;
1537 vim_free(saved_line);
1538 vim_free(next_line);
1539 vim_free(allocated);
1540 return retval;
1541}
1542
1543#if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
1544/*
1545 * get_leader_len() returns the length of the prefix of the given string
1546 * which introduces a comment. If this string is not a comment then 0 is
1547 * returned.
1548 * When "flags" is not NULL, it is set to point to the flags of the recognized
1549 * comment leader.
1550 * "backward" must be true for the "O" command.
1551 */
1552 int
1553get_leader_len(line, flags, backward)
1554 char_u *line;
1555 char_u **flags;
1556 int backward;
1557{
1558 int i, j;
1559 int got_com = FALSE;
1560 int found_one;
1561 char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */
1562 char_u *string; /* pointer to comment string */
1563 char_u *list;
1564
1565 i = 0;
1566 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) /* leading white space is ignored */
1567 ++i;
1568
1569 /*
1570 * Repeat to match several nested comment strings.
1571 */
1572 while (line[i])
1573 {
1574 /*
1575 * scan through the 'comments' option for a match
1576 */
1577 found_one = FALSE;
1578 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; )
1579 {
1580 /*
1581 * Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance list to next one.
1582 * put string at start of string.
1583 */
1584 if (!got_com && flags != NULL) /* remember where flags started */
1585 *flags = list;
1586 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
1587 string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':');
1588 if (string == NULL) /* missing ':', ignore this part */
1589 continue;
1590 *string++ = NUL; /* isolate flags from string */
1591
1592 /*
1593 * When already found a nested comment, only accept further
1594 * nested comments.
1595 */
1596 if (got_com && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
1597 continue;
1598
1599 /* When 'O' flag used don't use for "O" command */
1600 if (backward && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NOBACK) != NULL)
1601 continue;
1602
1603 /*
1604 * Line contents and string must match.
1605 * When string starts with white space, must have some white space
1606 * (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of
1607 * TABs and spaces).
1608 */
1609 if (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
1610 {
1611 if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1]))
1612 continue;
1613 while (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
1614 ++string;
1615 }
1616 for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j)
1617 ;
1618 if (string[j] != NUL)
1619 continue;
1620
1621 /*
1622 * When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an
1623 * end-of-line after the string in the line.
1624 */
1625 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL
1626 && !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL)
1627 continue;
1628
1629 /*
1630 * We have found a match, stop searching.
1631 */
1632 i += j;
1633 got_com = TRUE;
1634 found_one = TRUE;
1635 break;
1636 }
1637
1638 /*
1639 * No match found, stop scanning.
1640 */
1641 if (!found_one)
1642 break;
1643
1644 /*
1645 * Include any trailing white space.
1646 */
1647 while (vim_iswhite(line[i]))
1648 ++i;
1649
1650 /*
1651 * If this comment doesn't nest, stop here.
1652 */
1653 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
1654 break;
1655 }
1656 return (got_com ? i : 0);
1657}
1658#endif
1659
1660/*
1661 * Return the number of window lines occupied by buffer line "lnum".
1662 */
1663 int
1664plines(lnum)
1665 linenr_T lnum;
1666{
1667 return plines_win(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
1668}
1669
1670 int
1671plines_win(wp, lnum, winheight)
1672 win_T *wp;
1673 linenr_T lnum;
1674 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
1675{
1676#if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO)
1677 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
1678 * is one line anyway. */
1679 return plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) + diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
1680}
1681
1682 int
1683plines_nofill(lnum)
1684 linenr_T lnum;
1685{
1686 return plines_win_nofill(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
1687}
1688
1689 int
1690plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight)
1691 win_T *wp;
1692 linenr_T lnum;
1693 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
1694{
1695#endif
1696 int lines;
1697
1698 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
1699 return 1;
1700
1701#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1702 if (wp->w_width == 0)
1703 return 1;
1704#endif
1705
1706#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1707 /* A folded lines is handled just like an empty line. */
1708 /* NOTE: Caller must handle lines that are MAYBE folded. */
1709 if (lineFolded(wp, lnum) == TRUE)
1710 return 1;
1711#endif
1712
1713 lines = plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum);
1714 if (winheight > 0 && lines > wp->w_height)
1715 return (int)wp->w_height;
1716 return lines;
1717}
1718
1719/*
1720 * Return number of window lines physical line "lnum" will occupy in window
1721 * "wp". Does not care about folding, 'wrap' or 'diff'.
1722 */
1723 int
1724plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum)
1725 win_T *wp;
1726 linenr_T lnum;
1727{
1728 char_u *s;
1729 long col;
1730 int width;
1731
1732 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
1733 if (*s == NUL) /* empty line */
1734 return 1;
1735 col = win_linetabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)MAXCOL);
1736
1737 /*
1738 * If list mode is on, then the '$' at the end of the line may take up one
1739 * extra column.
1740 */
1741 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL)
1742 col += 1;
1743
1744 /*
1745 * Add column offset for 'number' and 'foldcolumn'.
1746 */
1747 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
1748 if (width <= 0)
1749 return 32000;
1750 if (col <= width)
1751 return 1;
1752 col -= width;
1753 width += win_col_off2(wp);
1754 return (col + (width - 1)) / width + 1;
1755}
1756
1757/*
1758 * Like plines_win(), but only reports the number of physical screen lines
1759 * used from the start of the line to the given column number.
1760 */
1761 int
1762plines_win_col(wp, lnum, column)
1763 win_T *wp;
1764 linenr_T lnum;
1765 long column;
1766{
1767 long col;
1768 char_u *s;
1769 int lines = 0;
1770 int width;
1771
1772#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1773 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
1774 * is one line anyway. */
1775 lines = diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
1776#endif
1777
1778 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
1779 return lines + 1;
1780
1781#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1782 if (wp->w_width == 0)
1783 return lines + 1;
1784#endif
1785
1786 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
1787
1788 col = 0;
1789 while (*s != NUL && --column >= 0)
1790 {
1791 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00001792 mb_ptr_adv(s);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001793 }
1794
1795 /*
1796 * If *s is a TAB, and the TAB is not displayed as ^I, and we're not in
1797 * INSERT mode, then col must be adjusted so that it represents the last
1798 * screen position of the TAB. This only fixes an error when the TAB wraps
1799 * from one screen line to the next (when 'columns' is not a multiple of
1800 * 'ts') -- webb.
1801 */
1802 if (*s == TAB && (State & NORMAL) && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1))
1803 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL) - 1;
1804
1805 /*
1806 * Add column offset for 'number', 'foldcolumn', etc.
1807 */
1808 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
Bram Moolenaar26470632006-10-24 19:12:40 +00001809 if (width <= 0)
1810 return 9999;
1811
1812 lines += 1;
1813 if (col > width)
1814 lines += (col - width) / (width + win_col_off2(wp)) + 1;
1815 return lines;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001816}
1817
1818 int
1819plines_m_win(wp, first, last)
1820 win_T *wp;
1821 linenr_T first, last;
1822{
1823 int count = 0;
1824
1825 while (first <= last)
1826 {
1827#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1828 int x;
1829
1830 /* Check if there are any really folded lines, but also included lines
1831 * that are maybe folded. */
1832 x = foldedCount(wp, first, NULL);
1833 if (x > 0)
1834 {
1835 ++count; /* count 1 for "+-- folded" line */
1836 first += x;
1837 }
1838 else
1839#endif
1840 {
1841#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1842 if (first == wp->w_topline)
1843 count += plines_win_nofill(wp, first, TRUE) + wp->w_topfill;
1844 else
1845#endif
1846 count += plines_win(wp, first, TRUE);
1847 ++first;
1848 }
1849 }
1850 return (count);
1851}
1852
1853#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
1854/*
1855 * Insert string "p" at the cursor position. Stops at a NUL byte.
1856 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
1857 */
1858 void
1859ins_bytes(p)
1860 char_u *p;
1861{
1862 ins_bytes_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p));
1863}
1864#endif
1865
1866#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
1867 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
1868/*
1869 * Insert string "p" with length "len" at the cursor position.
1870 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
1871 */
1872 void
1873ins_bytes_len(p, len)
1874 char_u *p;
1875 int len;
1876{
1877 int i;
1878# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1879 int n;
1880
Bram Moolenaar176dd1e2008-06-21 14:30:28 +00001881 if (has_mbyte)
1882 for (i = 0; i < len; i += n)
1883 {
1884 if (enc_utf8)
1885 /* avoid reading past p[len] */
1886 n = utfc_ptr2len_len(p + i, len - i);
1887 else
1888 n = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
1889 ins_char_bytes(p + i, n);
1890 }
1891 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001892# endif
Bram Moolenaar176dd1e2008-06-21 14:30:28 +00001893 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
1894 ins_char(p[i]);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001895}
1896#endif
1897
1898/*
1899 * Insert or replace a single character at the cursor position.
1900 * When in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode, replace any existing character.
1901 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
1902 * For multi-byte characters we get the whole character, the caller must
1903 * convert bytes to a character.
1904 */
1905 void
1906ins_char(c)
1907 int c;
1908{
1909#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
1910 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
1911 int n;
1912
1913 n = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
1914
1915 /* When "c" is 0x100, 0x200, etc. we don't want to insert a NUL byte.
1916 * Happens for CTRL-Vu9900. */
1917 if (buf[0] == 0)
1918 buf[0] = '\n';
1919
1920 ins_char_bytes(buf, n);
1921}
1922
1923 void
1924ins_char_bytes(buf, charlen)
1925 char_u *buf;
1926 int charlen;
1927{
1928 int c = buf[0];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001929#endif
1930 int newlen; /* nr of bytes inserted */
1931 int oldlen; /* nr of bytes deleted (0 when not replacing) */
1932 char_u *p;
1933 char_u *newp;
1934 char_u *oldp;
1935 int linelen; /* length of old line including NUL */
1936 colnr_T col;
1937 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1938 int i;
1939
1940#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1941 /* Break tabs if needed. */
1942 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
1943 coladvance_force(getviscol());
1944#endif
1945
1946 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1947 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
1948 linelen = (int)STRLEN(oldp) + 1;
1949
1950 /* The lengths default to the values for when not replacing. */
1951 oldlen = 0;
1952#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1953 newlen = charlen;
1954#else
1955 newlen = 1;
1956#endif
1957
1958 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
1959 {
1960#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1961 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1962 {
1963 colnr_T new_vcol = 0; /* init for GCC */
1964 colnr_T vcol;
1965 int old_list;
1966#ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
1967 char_u buf[2];
1968#endif
1969
1970 /*
1971 * Disable 'list' temporarily, unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
1972 * Returns the old value of list, so when finished,
1973 * curwin->w_p_list should be set back to this.
1974 */
1975 old_list = curwin->w_p_list;
1976 if (old_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
1977 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
1978
1979 /*
1980 * In virtual replace mode each character may replace one or more
1981 * characters (zero if it's a TAB). Count the number of bytes to
1982 * be deleted to make room for the new character, counting screen
1983 * cells. May result in adding spaces to fill a gap.
1984 */
1985 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &vcol, NULL);
1986#ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
1987 buf[0] = c;
1988 buf[1] = NUL;
1989#endif
1990 new_vcol = vcol + chartabsize(buf, vcol);
1991 while (oldp[col + oldlen] != NUL && vcol < new_vcol)
1992 {
1993 vcol += chartabsize(oldp + col + oldlen, vcol);
1994 /* Don't need to remove a TAB that takes us to the right
1995 * position. */
1996 if (vcol > new_vcol && oldp[col + oldlen] == TAB)
1997 break;
1998#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001999 oldlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col + oldlen);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002000#else
2001 ++oldlen;
2002#endif
2003 /* Deleted a bit too much, insert spaces. */
2004 if (vcol > new_vcol)
2005 newlen += vcol - new_vcol;
2006 }
2007 curwin->w_p_list = old_list;
2008 }
2009 else
2010#endif
2011 if (oldp[col] != NUL)
2012 {
2013 /* normal replace */
2014#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002015 oldlen = (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002016#else
2017 oldlen = 1;
2018#endif
2019 }
2020
2021
2022 /* Push the replaced bytes onto the replace stack, so that they can be
2023 * put back when BS is used. The bytes of a multi-byte character are
2024 * done the other way around, so that the first byte is popped off
2025 * first (it tells the byte length of the character). */
2026 replace_push(NUL);
2027 for (i = 0; i < oldlen; ++i)
2028 {
2029#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +00002030 if (has_mbyte)
2031 i += replace_push_mb(oldp + col + i) - 1;
2032 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002033#endif
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +00002034 replace_push(oldp[col + i]);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002035 }
2036 }
2037
2038 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(linelen + newlen - oldlen));
2039 if (newp == NULL)
2040 return;
2041
2042 /* Copy bytes before the cursor. */
2043 if (col > 0)
2044 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2045
2046 /* Copy bytes after the changed character(s). */
2047 p = newp + col;
2048 mch_memmove(p + newlen, oldp + col + oldlen,
2049 (size_t)(linelen - col - oldlen));
2050
2051 /* Insert or overwrite the new character. */
2052#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2053 mch_memmove(p, buf, charlen);
2054 i = charlen;
2055#else
2056 *p = c;
2057 i = 1;
2058#endif
2059
2060 /* Fill with spaces when necessary. */
2061 while (i < newlen)
2062 p[i++] = ' ';
2063
2064 /* Replace the line in the buffer. */
2065 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2066
2067 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2068 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
2069
2070 /*
2071 * If we're in Insert or Replace mode and 'showmatch' is set, then briefly
2072 * show the match for right parens and braces.
2073 */
2074 if (p_sm && (State & INSERT)
2075 && msg_silent == 0
2076#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2077 && charlen == 1
2078#endif
Bram Moolenaar7e8fd632006-02-18 22:14:51 +00002079#ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
2080 && !ins_compl_active()
2081#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002082 )
2083 showmatch(c);
2084
2085#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2086 if (!p_ri || (State & REPLACE_FLAG))
2087#endif
2088 {
2089 /* Normal insert: move cursor right */
2090#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2091 curwin->w_cursor.col += charlen;
2092#else
2093 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
2094#endif
2095 }
2096 /*
2097 * TODO: should try to update w_row here, to avoid recomputing it later.
2098 */
2099}
2100
2101/*
2102 * Insert a string at the cursor position.
2103 * Note: Does NOT handle Replace mode.
2104 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2105 */
2106 void
2107ins_str(s)
2108 char_u *s;
2109{
2110 char_u *oldp, *newp;
2111 int newlen = (int)STRLEN(s);
2112 int oldlen;
2113 colnr_T col;
2114 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2115
2116#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2117 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
2118 coladvance_force(getviscol());
2119#endif
2120
2121 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2122 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
2123 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
2124
2125 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(oldlen + newlen + 1));
2126 if (newp == NULL)
2127 return;
2128 if (col > 0)
2129 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2130 mch_memmove(newp + col, s, (size_t)newlen);
2131 mch_memmove(newp + col + newlen, oldp + col, (size_t)(oldlen - col + 1));
2132 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2133 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
2134 curwin->w_cursor.col += newlen;
2135}
2136
2137/*
2138 * Delete one character under the cursor.
2139 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
2140 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2141 *
2142 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2143 */
2144 int
2145del_char(fixpos)
2146 int fixpos;
2147{
2148#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2149 if (has_mbyte)
2150 {
2151 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character. */
2152 mb_adjust_cursor();
2153 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL)
2154 return FAIL;
2155 return del_chars(1L, fixpos);
2156 }
2157#endif
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002158 return del_bytes(1L, fixpos, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002159}
2160
2161#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
2162/*
2163 * Like del_bytes(), but delete characters instead of bytes.
2164 */
2165 int
2166del_chars(count, fixpos)
2167 long count;
2168 int fixpos;
2169{
2170 long bytes = 0;
2171 long i;
2172 char_u *p;
2173 int l;
2174
2175 p = ml_get_cursor();
2176 for (i = 0; i < count && *p != NUL; ++i)
2177 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002178 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002179 bytes += l;
2180 p += l;
2181 }
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002182 return del_bytes(bytes, fixpos, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002183}
2184#endif
2185
2186/*
2187 * Delete "count" bytes under the cursor.
2188 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
2189 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2190 *
2191 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2192 */
2193 int
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002194del_bytes(count, fixpos_arg, use_delcombine)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002195 long count;
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002196 int fixpos_arg;
Bram Moolenaar78a15312009-05-15 19:33:18 +00002197 int use_delcombine UNUSED; /* 'delcombine' option applies */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002198{
2199 char_u *oldp, *newp;
2200 colnr_T oldlen;
2201 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2202 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2203 int was_alloced;
2204 long movelen;
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002205 int fixpos = fixpos_arg;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002206
2207 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
2208 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
2209
2210 /*
2211 * Can't do anything when the cursor is on the NUL after the line.
2212 */
2213 if (col >= oldlen)
2214 return FAIL;
2215
2216#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2217 /* If 'delcombine' is set and deleting (less than) one character, only
2218 * delete the last combining character. */
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002219 if (p_deco && use_delcombine && enc_utf8
2220 && utfc_ptr2len(oldp + col) >= count)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002221 {
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00002222 int cc[MAX_MCO];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002223 int n;
2224
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00002225 (void)utfc_ptr2char(oldp + col, cc);
2226 if (cc[0] != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002227 {
2228 /* Find the last composing char, there can be several. */
2229 n = col;
2230 do
2231 {
2232 col = n;
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002233 count = utf_ptr2len(oldp + n);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002234 n += count;
2235 } while (UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(oldp + col, oldp + n));
2236 fixpos = 0;
2237 }
2238 }
2239#endif
2240
2241 /*
2242 * When count is too big, reduce it.
2243 */
2244 movelen = (long)oldlen - (long)col - count + 1; /* includes trailing NUL */
2245 if (movelen <= 1)
2246 {
2247 /*
2248 * If we just took off the last character of a non-blank line, and
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002249 * fixpos is TRUE, we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL,
2250 * unless "restart_edit" is set or 'virtualedit' contains "onemore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002251 */
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002252 if (col > 0 && fixpos && restart_edit == 0
2253#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2254 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0
2255#endif
2256 )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002257 {
2258 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
2259#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2260 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
2261#endif
2262#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2263 if (has_mbyte)
2264 curwin->w_cursor.col -=
2265 (*mb_head_off)(oldp, oldp + curwin->w_cursor.col);
2266#endif
2267 }
2268 count = oldlen - col;
2269 movelen = 1;
2270 }
2271
2272 /*
2273 * If the old line has been allocated the deletion can be done in the
2274 * existing line. Otherwise a new line has to be allocated
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002275 * Can't do this when using Netbeans, because we would need to invoke
2276 * netbeans_removed(), which deallocates the line. Let ml_replace() take
2277 * care of notifiying Netbeans.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002278 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002279#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002280 if (usingNetbeans)
2281 was_alloced = FALSE;
2282 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002283#endif
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002284 was_alloced = ml_line_alloced(); /* check if oldp was allocated */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002285 if (was_alloced)
2286 newp = oldp; /* use same allocated memory */
2287 else
2288 { /* need to allocate a new line */
2289 newp = alloc((unsigned)(oldlen + 1 - count));
2290 if (newp == NULL)
2291 return FAIL;
2292 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2293 }
2294 mch_memmove(newp + col, oldp + col + count, (size_t)movelen);
2295 if (!was_alloced)
2296 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2297
2298 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2299 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
2300
2301 return OK;
2302}
2303
2304/*
2305 * Delete from cursor to end of line.
2306 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2307 *
2308 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2309 */
2310 int
2311truncate_line(fixpos)
2312 int fixpos; /* if TRUE fix the cursor position when done */
2313{
2314 char_u *newp;
2315 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2316 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2317
2318 if (col == 0)
2319 newp = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
2320 else
2321 newp = vim_strnsave(ml_get(lnum), col);
2322
2323 if (newp == NULL)
2324 return FAIL;
2325
2326 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2327
2328 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2329 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
2330
2331 /*
2332 * If "fixpos" is TRUE we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL.
2333 */
2334 if (fixpos && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
2335 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
2336
2337 return OK;
2338}
2339
2340/*
2341 * Delete "nlines" lines at the cursor.
2342 * Saves the lines for undo first if "undo" is TRUE.
2343 */
2344 void
2345del_lines(nlines, undo)
2346 long nlines; /* number of lines to delete */
2347 int undo; /* if TRUE, prepare for undo */
2348{
2349 long n;
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002350 linenr_T first = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002351
2352 if (nlines <= 0)
2353 return;
2354
2355 /* save the deleted lines for undo */
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002356 if (undo && u_savedel(first, nlines) == FAIL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002357 return;
2358
2359 for (n = 0; n < nlines; )
2360 {
2361 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */
2362 break;
2363
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002364 ml_delete(first, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002365 ++n;
2366
2367 /* If we delete the last line in the file, stop */
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002368 if (first > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002369 break;
2370 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002371
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002372 /* Correct the cursor position before calling deleted_lines_mark(), it may
2373 * trigger a callback to display the cursor. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002374 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
2375 check_cursor_lnum();
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002376
2377 /* adjust marks, mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2378 deleted_lines_mark(first, n);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002379}
2380
2381 int
2382gchar_pos(pos)
2383 pos_T *pos;
2384{
2385 char_u *ptr = ml_get_pos(pos);
2386
2387#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2388 if (has_mbyte)
2389 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
2390#endif
2391 return (int)*ptr;
2392}
2393
2394 int
2395gchar_cursor()
2396{
2397#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2398 if (has_mbyte)
2399 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ml_get_cursor());
2400#endif
2401 return (int)*ml_get_cursor();
2402}
2403
2404/*
2405 * Write a character at the current cursor position.
2406 * It is directly written into the block.
2407 */
2408 void
2409pchar_cursor(c)
2410 int c;
2411{
2412 *(ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE)
2413 + curwin->w_cursor.col) = c;
2414}
2415
2416#if 0 /* not used */
2417/*
2418 * Put *pos at end of current buffer
2419 */
2420 void
2421goto_endofbuf(pos)
2422 pos_T *pos;
2423{
2424 char_u *p;
2425
2426 pos->lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
2427 pos->col = 0;
2428 p = ml_get(pos->lnum);
2429 while (*p++)
2430 ++pos->col;
2431}
2432#endif
2433
2434/*
2435 * When extra == 0: Return TRUE if the cursor is before or on the first
2436 * non-blank in the line.
2437 * When extra == 1: Return TRUE if the cursor is before the first non-blank in
2438 * the line.
2439 */
2440 int
2441inindent(extra)
2442 int extra;
2443{
2444 char_u *ptr;
2445 colnr_T col;
2446
2447 for (col = 0, ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr); ++col)
2448 ++ptr;
2449 if (col >= curwin->w_cursor.col + extra)
2450 return TRUE;
2451 else
2452 return FALSE;
2453}
2454
2455/*
2456 * Skip to next part of an option argument: Skip space and comma.
2457 */
2458 char_u *
2459skip_to_option_part(p)
2460 char_u *p;
2461{
2462 if (*p == ',')
2463 ++p;
2464 while (*p == ' ')
2465 ++p;
2466 return p;
2467}
2468
2469/*
2470 * changed() is called when something in the current buffer is changed.
2471 *
2472 * Most often called through changed_bytes() and changed_lines(), which also
2473 * mark the area of the display to be redrawn.
2474 */
2475 void
2476changed()
2477{
2478#if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
2479 /* The text of the preediting area is inserted, but this doesn't
2480 * mean a change of the buffer yet. That is delayed until the
2481 * text is committed. (this means preedit becomes empty) */
2482 if (im_is_preediting() && !xim_changed_while_preediting)
2483 return;
2484 xim_changed_while_preediting = FALSE;
2485#endif
2486
2487 if (!curbuf->b_changed)
2488 {
2489 int save_msg_scroll = msg_scroll;
2490
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002491 /* Give a warning about changing a read-only file. This may also
2492 * check-out the file, thus change "curbuf"! */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002493 change_warning(0);
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002494
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002495 /* Create a swap file if that is wanted.
2496 * Don't do this for "nofile" and "nowrite" buffer types. */
2497 if (curbuf->b_may_swap
2498#ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
2499 && !bt_dontwrite(curbuf)
2500#endif
2501 )
2502 {
2503 ml_open_file(curbuf);
2504
2505 /* The ml_open_file() can cause an ATTENTION message.
2506 * Wait two seconds, to make sure the user reads this unexpected
2507 * message. Since we could be anywhere, call wait_return() now,
2508 * and don't let the emsg() set msg_scroll. */
2509 if (need_wait_return && emsg_silent == 0)
2510 {
2511 out_flush();
2512 ui_delay(2000L, TRUE);
2513 wait_return(TRUE);
2514 msg_scroll = save_msg_scroll;
2515 }
2516 }
2517 curbuf->b_changed = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00002518 ml_setflags(curbuf);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002519#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2520 check_status(curbuf);
Bram Moolenaar997fb4b2006-02-17 21:53:23 +00002521 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002522#endif
2523#ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2524 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
2525#endif
2526 }
2527 ++curbuf->b_changedtick;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002528}
2529
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002530static void changedOneline __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum));
2531static void changed_lines_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002532static void changed_common __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
2533
2534/*
2535 * Changed bytes within a single line for the current buffer.
2536 * - marks the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
2537 * - marks the buffer changed by calling changed()
2538 * - invalidates cached values
2539 */
2540 void
2541changed_bytes(lnum, col)
2542 linenr_T lnum;
2543 colnr_T col;
2544{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002545 changedOneline(curbuf, lnum);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002546 changed_common(lnum, col, lnum + 1, 0L);
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002547
2548#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2549 /* Diff highlighting in other diff windows may need to be updated too. */
2550 if (curwin->w_p_diff)
2551 {
2552 win_T *wp;
2553 linenr_T wlnum;
2554
2555 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2556 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
2557 {
2558 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
2559 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
2560 if (wlnum > 0)
2561 changedOneline(wp->w_buffer, wlnum);
2562 }
2563 }
2564#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002565}
2566
2567 static void
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002568changedOneline(buf, lnum)
2569 buf_T *buf;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002570 linenr_T lnum;
2571{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002572 if (buf->b_mod_set)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002573 {
2574 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002575 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
2576 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2577 else if (lnum >= buf->b_mod_bot)
2578 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002579 }
2580 else
2581 {
2582 /* set the area that must be redisplayed to one line */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002583 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
2584 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2585 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
2586 buf->b_mod_xlines = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002587 }
2588}
2589
2590/*
2591 * Appended "count" lines below line "lnum" in the current buffer.
2592 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2593 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
2594 */
2595 void
2596appended_lines(lnum, count)
2597 linenr_T lnum;
2598 long count;
2599{
2600 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
2601}
2602
2603/*
2604 * Like appended_lines(), but adjust marks first.
2605 */
2606 void
2607appended_lines_mark(lnum, count)
2608 linenr_T lnum;
2609 long count;
2610{
2611 mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, count, 0L);
2612 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
2613}
2614
2615/*
2616 * Deleted "count" lines at line "lnum" in the current buffer.
2617 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2618 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
2619 */
2620 void
2621deleted_lines(lnum, count)
2622 linenr_T lnum;
2623 long count;
2624{
2625 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
2626}
2627
2628/*
2629 * Like deleted_lines(), but adjust marks first.
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002630 * Make sure the cursor is on a valid line before calling, a GUI callback may
2631 * be triggered to display the cursor.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002632 */
2633 void
2634deleted_lines_mark(lnum, count)
2635 linenr_T lnum;
2636 long count;
2637{
2638 mark_adjust(lnum, (linenr_T)(lnum + count - 1), (long)MAXLNUM, -count);
2639 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
2640}
2641
2642/*
2643 * Changed lines for the current buffer.
2644 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2645 * - mark the buffer changed by calling changed()
2646 * - mark the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
2647 * - invalidate cached values
2648 * "lnum" is the first line that needs displaying, "lnume" the first line
2649 * below the changed lines (BEFORE the change).
2650 * When only inserting lines, "lnum" and "lnume" are equal.
2651 * Takes care of calling changed() and updating b_mod_*.
2652 */
2653 void
2654changed_lines(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
2655 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
2656 colnr_T col; /* column in first line with change */
2657 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
2658 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
2659{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002660 changed_lines_buf(curbuf, lnum, lnume, xtra);
2661
2662#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2663 if (xtra == 0 && curwin->w_p_diff)
2664 {
2665 /* When the number of lines doesn't change then mark_adjust() isn't
2666 * called and other diff buffers still need to be marked for
2667 * displaying. */
2668 win_T *wp;
2669 linenr_T wlnum;
2670
2671 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2672 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
2673 {
2674 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
2675 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
2676 if (wlnum > 0)
2677 changed_lines_buf(wp->w_buffer, wlnum,
2678 lnume - lnum + wlnum, 0L);
2679 }
2680 }
2681#endif
2682
2683 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra);
2684}
2685
2686 static void
2687changed_lines_buf(buf, lnum, lnume, xtra)
2688 buf_T *buf;
2689 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
2690 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
2691 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
2692{
2693 if (buf->b_mod_set)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002694 {
2695 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002696 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
2697 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2698 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_bot)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002699 {
2700 /* adjust old bot position for xtra lines */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002701 buf->b_mod_bot += xtra;
2702 if (buf->b_mod_bot < lnum)
2703 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002704 }
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002705 if (lnume + xtra > buf->b_mod_bot)
2706 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
2707 buf->b_mod_xlines += xtra;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002708 }
2709 else
2710 {
2711 /* set the area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002712 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
2713 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2714 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
2715 buf->b_mod_xlines = xtra;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002716 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002717}
2718
2719 static void
2720changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
2721 linenr_T lnum;
2722 colnr_T col;
2723 linenr_T lnume;
2724 long xtra;
2725{
2726 win_T *wp;
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002727#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2728 tabpage_T *tp;
2729#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002730 int i;
2731#ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
2732 int cols;
2733 pos_T *p;
2734 int add;
2735#endif
2736
2737 /* mark the buffer as modified */
2738 changed();
2739
2740 /* set the '. mark */
2741 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
2742 {
2743 curbuf->b_last_change.lnum = lnum;
2744 curbuf->b_last_change.col = col;
2745
2746#ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
2747 /* Create a new entry if a new undo-able change was started or we
2748 * don't have an entry yet. */
2749 if (curbuf->b_new_change || curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
2750 {
2751 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
2752 add = TRUE;
2753 else
2754 {
2755 /* Don't create a new entry when the line number is the same
2756 * as the last one and the column is not too far away. Avoids
2757 * creating many entries for typing "xxxxx". */
2758 p = &curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1];
2759 if (p->lnum != lnum)
2760 add = TRUE;
2761 else
2762 {
2763 cols = comp_textwidth(FALSE);
2764 if (cols == 0)
2765 cols = 79;
2766 add = (p->col + cols < col || col + cols < p->col);
2767 }
2768 }
2769 if (add)
2770 {
2771 /* This is the first of a new sequence of undo-able changes
2772 * and it's at some distance of the last change. Use a new
2773 * position in the changelist. */
2774 curbuf->b_new_change = FALSE;
2775
2776 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == JUMPLISTSIZE)
2777 {
2778 /* changelist is full: remove oldest entry */
2779 curbuf->b_changelistlen = JUMPLISTSIZE - 1;
2780 mch_memmove(curbuf->b_changelist, curbuf->b_changelist + 1,
2781 sizeof(pos_T) * (JUMPLISTSIZE - 1));
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002782 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002783 {
2784 /* Correct position in changelist for other windows on
2785 * this buffer. */
2786 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf && wp->w_changelistidx > 0)
2787 --wp->w_changelistidx;
2788 }
2789 }
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002790 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002791 {
2792 /* For other windows, if the position in the changelist is
2793 * at the end it stays at the end. */
2794 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf
2795 && wp->w_changelistidx == curbuf->b_changelistlen)
2796 ++wp->w_changelistidx;
2797 }
2798 ++curbuf->b_changelistlen;
2799 }
2800 }
2801 curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1] =
2802 curbuf->b_last_change;
2803 /* The current window is always after the last change, so that "g,"
2804 * takes you back to it. */
2805 curwin->w_changelistidx = curbuf->b_changelistlen;
2806#endif
2807 }
2808
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002809 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002810 {
2811 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf)
2812 {
2813 /* Mark this window to be redrawn later. */
2814 if (wp->w_redr_type < VALID)
2815 wp->w_redr_type = VALID;
2816
2817 /* Check if a change in the buffer has invalidated the cached
2818 * values for the cursor. */
2819#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2820 /*
2821 * Update the folds for this window. Can't postpone this, because
2822 * a following operator might work on the whole fold: ">>dd".
2823 */
2824 foldUpdate(wp, lnum, lnume + xtra - 1);
2825
2826 /* The change may cause lines above or below the change to become
2827 * included in a fold. Set lnum/lnume to the first/last line that
2828 * might be displayed differently.
2829 * Set w_cline_folded here as an efficient way to update it when
2830 * inserting lines just above a closed fold. */
2831 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, &lnum, NULL, FALSE, NULL);
2832 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum)
2833 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
2834 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnume, NULL, &lnume, FALSE, NULL);
2835 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnume)
2836 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
2837
2838 /* If the changed line is in a range of previously folded lines,
2839 * compare with the first line in that range. */
2840 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
2841 {
2842 i = find_wl_entry(wp, lnum);
2843 if (i >= 0 && wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum)
2844 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
2845 }
2846#endif
2847
2848 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > lnum)
2849 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
2850 else if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum && wp->w_cursor.col >= col)
2851 changed_cline_bef_curs_win(wp);
2852 if (wp->w_botline >= lnum)
2853 {
2854 /* Assume that botline doesn't change (inserted lines make
2855 * other lines scroll down below botline). */
2856 approximate_botline_win(wp);
2857 }
2858
2859 /* Check if any w_lines[] entries have become invalid.
2860 * For entries below the change: Correct the lnums for
2861 * inserted/deleted lines. Makes it possible to stop displaying
2862 * after the change. */
2863 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
2864 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
2865 {
2866 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= lnum)
2867 {
2868 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum < lnume)
2869 {
2870 /* line included in change */
2871 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
2872 }
2873 else if (xtra != 0)
2874 {
2875 /* line below change */
2876 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum += xtra;
2877#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2878 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum += xtra;
2879#endif
2880 }
2881 }
2882#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2883 else if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum >= lnum)
2884 {
2885 /* change somewhere inside this range of folded lines,
2886 * may need to be redrawn */
2887 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
2888 }
2889#endif
2890 }
Bram Moolenaar3234cc62009-11-03 17:47:12 +00002891
2892#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2893 /* Take care of side effects for setting w_topline when folds have
2894 * changed. Esp. when the buffer was changed in another window. */
2895 if (hasAnyFolding(wp))
2896 set_topline(wp, wp->w_topline);
2897#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002898 }
2899 }
2900
2901 /* Call update_screen() later, which checks out what needs to be redrawn,
2902 * since it notices b_mod_set and then uses b_mod_*. */
2903 if (must_redraw < VALID)
2904 must_redraw = VALID;
Bram Moolenaar5e3cb7e2006-02-27 23:58:35 +00002905
2906#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
2907 /* when the cursor line is changed always trigger CursorMoved */
Bram Moolenaare163f1c2006-10-17 09:12:21 +00002908 if (lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum
2909 && lnume + (xtra < 0 ? -xtra : xtra) > curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
Bram Moolenaar5e3cb7e2006-02-27 23:58:35 +00002910 last_cursormoved.lnum = 0;
2911#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002912}
2913
2914/*
2915 * unchanged() is called when the changed flag must be reset for buffer 'buf'
2916 */
2917 void
2918unchanged(buf, ff)
2919 buf_T *buf;
2920 int ff; /* also reset 'fileformat' */
2921{
2922 if (buf->b_changed || (ff && file_ff_differs(buf)))
2923 {
2924 buf->b_changed = 0;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00002925 ml_setflags(buf);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002926 if (ff)
2927 save_file_ff(buf);
2928#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2929 check_status(buf);
Bram Moolenaar997fb4b2006-02-17 21:53:23 +00002930 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002931#endif
2932#ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2933 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
2934#endif
2935 }
2936 ++buf->b_changedtick;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002937#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
2938 netbeans_unmodified(buf);
2939#endif
2940}
2941
2942#if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
2943/*
2944 * check_status: called when the status bars for the buffer 'buf'
2945 * need to be updated
2946 */
2947 void
2948check_status(buf)
2949 buf_T *buf;
2950{
2951 win_T *wp;
2952
2953 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2954 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && wp->w_status_height)
2955 {
2956 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
2957 if (must_redraw < VALID)
2958 must_redraw = VALID;
2959 }
2960}
2961#endif
2962
2963/*
2964 * If the file is readonly, give a warning message with the first change.
2965 * Don't do this for autocommands.
2966 * Don't use emsg(), because it flushes the macro buffer.
Bram Moolenaard5cdbeb2005-10-10 20:59:28 +00002967 * If we have undone all changes b_changed will be FALSE, but "b_did_warn"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002968 * will be TRUE.
2969 */
2970 void
2971change_warning(col)
2972 int col; /* column for message; non-zero when in insert
2973 mode and 'showmode' is on */
2974{
Bram Moolenaar496c5262009-03-18 14:42:00 +00002975 static char *w_readonly = N_("W10: Warning: Changing a readonly file");
2976
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002977 if (curbuf->b_did_warn == FALSE
2978 && curbufIsChanged() == 0
2979#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
2980 && !autocmd_busy
2981#endif
2982 && curbuf->b_p_ro)
2983 {
2984#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002985 ++curbuf_lock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002986 apply_autocmds(EVENT_FILECHANGEDRO, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002987 --curbuf_lock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002988 if (!curbuf->b_p_ro)
2989 return;
2990#endif
2991 /*
2992 * Do what msg() does, but with a column offset if the warning should
2993 * be after the mode message.
2994 */
2995 msg_start();
2996 if (msg_row == Rows - 1)
2997 msg_col = col;
Bram Moolenaar2df6dcc2004-07-12 15:53:54 +00002998 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
Bram Moolenaar496c5262009-03-18 14:42:00 +00002999 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(w_readonly), hl_attr(HLF_W) | MSG_HIST);
3000#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
3001 set_vim_var_string(VV_WARNINGMSG, (char_u *)_(w_readonly), -1);
3002#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003003 msg_clr_eos();
3004 (void)msg_end();
3005 if (msg_silent == 0 && !silent_mode)
3006 {
3007 out_flush();
3008 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); /* give the user time to think about it */
3009 }
3010 curbuf->b_did_warn = TRUE;
3011 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't redraw and erase the message */
3012 if (msg_row < Rows - 1)
3013 showmode();
3014 }
3015}
3016
3017/*
3018 * Ask for a reply from the user, a 'y' or a 'n'.
3019 * No other characters are accepted, the message is repeated until a valid
3020 * reply is entered or CTRL-C is hit.
3021 * If direct is TRUE, don't use vgetc() but ui_inchar(), don't get characters
3022 * from any buffers but directly from the user.
3023 *
3024 * return the 'y' or 'n'
3025 */
3026 int
3027ask_yesno(str, direct)
3028 char_u *str;
3029 int direct;
3030{
3031 int r = ' ';
3032 int save_State = State;
3033
3034 if (exiting) /* put terminal in raw mode for this question */
3035 settmode(TMODE_RAW);
3036 ++no_wait_return;
3037#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
3038 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
3039#endif
3040 State = CONFIRM; /* mouse behaves like with :confirm */
3041#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3042 setmouse(); /* disables mouse for xterm */
3043#endif
3044 ++no_mapping;
3045 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
3046
3047 while (r != 'y' && r != 'n')
3048 {
3049 /* same highlighting as for wait_return */
3050 smsg_attr(hl_attr(HLF_R), (char_u *)"%s (y/n)?", str);
3051 if (direct)
3052 r = get_keystroke();
3053 else
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +00003054 r = plain_vgetc();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003055 if (r == Ctrl_C || r == ESC)
3056 r = 'n';
3057 msg_putchar(r); /* show what you typed */
3058 out_flush();
3059 }
3060 --no_wait_return;
3061 State = save_State;
3062#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3063 setmouse();
3064#endif
3065 --no_mapping;
3066 --allow_keys;
3067
3068 return r;
3069}
3070
3071/*
3072 * Get a key stroke directly from the user.
3073 * Ignores mouse clicks and scrollbar events, except a click for the left
3074 * button (used at the more prompt).
3075 * Doesn't use vgetc(), because it syncs undo and eats mapped characters.
3076 * Disadvantage: typeahead is ignored.
3077 * Translates the interrupt character for unix to ESC.
3078 */
3079 int
3080get_keystroke()
3081{
3082#define CBUFLEN 151
3083 char_u buf[CBUFLEN];
3084 int len = 0;
3085 int n;
3086 int save_mapped_ctrl_c = mapped_ctrl_c;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003087 int waited = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003088
3089 mapped_ctrl_c = FALSE; /* mappings are not used here */
3090 for (;;)
3091 {
3092 cursor_on();
3093 out_flush();
3094
3095 /* First time: blocking wait. Second time: wait up to 100ms for a
3096 * terminal code to complete. Leave some room for check_termcode() to
3097 * insert a key code into (max 5 chars plus NUL). And
3098 * fix_input_buffer() can triple the number of bytes. */
3099 n = ui_inchar(buf + len, (CBUFLEN - 6 - len) / 3,
3100 len == 0 ? -1L : 100L, 0);
3101 if (n > 0)
3102 {
3103 /* Replace zero and CSI by a special key code. */
3104 n = fix_input_buffer(buf + len, n, FALSE);
3105 len += n;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003106 waited = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003107 }
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003108 else if (len > 0)
3109 ++waited; /* keep track of the waiting time */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003110
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003111 /* Incomplete termcode and not timed out yet: get more characters */
3112 if ((n = check_termcode(1, buf, len)) < 0
3113 && (!p_ttimeout || waited * 100L < (p_ttm < 0 ? p_tm : p_ttm)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003114 continue;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003115
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003116 /* found a termcode: adjust length */
3117 if (n > 0)
3118 len = n;
3119 if (len == 0) /* nothing typed yet */
3120 continue;
3121
3122 /* Handle modifier and/or special key code. */
3123 n = buf[0];
3124 if (n == K_SPECIAL)
3125 {
3126 n = TO_SPECIAL(buf[1], buf[2]);
3127 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER
3128 || n == K_IGNORE
3129#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3130 || n == K_LEFTMOUSE_NM
3131 || n == K_LEFTDRAG
3132 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE
3133 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE_NM
3134 || n == K_MIDDLEMOUSE
3135 || n == K_MIDDLEDRAG
3136 || n == K_MIDDLERELEASE
3137 || n == K_RIGHTMOUSE
3138 || n == K_RIGHTDRAG
3139 || n == K_RIGHTRELEASE
3140 || n == K_MOUSEDOWN
3141 || n == K_MOUSEUP
3142 || n == K_X1MOUSE
3143 || n == K_X1DRAG
3144 || n == K_X1RELEASE
3145 || n == K_X2MOUSE
3146 || n == K_X2DRAG
3147 || n == K_X2RELEASE
3148# ifdef FEAT_GUI
3149 || n == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
3150 || n == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR
3151# endif
3152#endif
3153 )
3154 {
3155 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER)
3156 mod_mask = buf[2];
3157 len -= 3;
3158 if (len > 0)
3159 mch_memmove(buf, buf + 3, (size_t)len);
3160 continue;
3161 }
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003162 break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003163 }
3164#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3165 if (has_mbyte)
3166 {
3167 if (MB_BYTE2LEN(n) > len)
3168 continue; /* more bytes to get */
3169 buf[len >= CBUFLEN ? CBUFLEN - 1 : len] = NUL;
3170 n = (*mb_ptr2char)(buf);
3171 }
3172#endif
3173#ifdef UNIX
3174 if (n == intr_char)
3175 n = ESC;
3176#endif
3177 break;
3178 }
3179
3180 mapped_ctrl_c = save_mapped_ctrl_c;
3181 return n;
3182}
3183
3184/*
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003185 * Get a number from the user.
3186 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003187 */
3188 int
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003189get_number(colon, mouse_used)
3190 int colon; /* allow colon to abort */
3191 int *mouse_used;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003192{
3193 int n = 0;
3194 int c;
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003195 int typed = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003196
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003197 if (mouse_used != NULL)
3198 *mouse_used = FALSE;
3199
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003200 /* When not printing messages, the user won't know what to type, return a
3201 * zero (as if CR was hit). */
3202 if (msg_silent != 0)
3203 return 0;
3204
3205#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
3206 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
3207#endif
3208 ++no_mapping;
3209 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
3210 for (;;)
3211 {
3212 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col);
3213 c = safe_vgetc();
3214 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
3215 {
3216 n = n * 10 + c - '0';
3217 msg_putchar(c);
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003218 ++typed;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003219 }
3220 else if (c == K_DEL || c == K_KDEL || c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
3221 {
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003222 if (typed > 0)
3223 {
3224 MSG_PUTS("\b \b");
3225 --typed;
3226 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003227 n /= 10;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003228 }
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003229#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3230 else if (mouse_used != NULL && c == K_LEFTMOUSE)
3231 {
3232 *mouse_used = TRUE;
3233 n = mouse_row + 1;
3234 break;
3235 }
3236#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003237 else if (n == 0 && c == ':' && colon)
3238 {
3239 stuffcharReadbuff(':');
3240 if (!exmode_active)
3241 cmdline_row = msg_row;
3242 skip_redraw = TRUE; /* skip redraw once */
3243 do_redraw = FALSE;
3244 break;
3245 }
3246 else if (c == CAR || c == NL || c == Ctrl_C || c == ESC)
3247 break;
3248 }
3249 --no_mapping;
3250 --allow_keys;
3251 return n;
3252}
3253
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003254/*
3255 * Ask the user to enter a number.
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003256 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse and in that case return
3257 * the line number.
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003258 */
3259 int
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003260prompt_for_number(mouse_used)
3261 int *mouse_used;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003262{
3263 int i;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003264 int save_cmdline_row;
3265 int save_State;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003266
3267 /* When using ":silent" assume that <CR> was entered. */
Bram Moolenaar42eeac32005-06-29 22:40:58 +00003268 if (mouse_used != NULL)
Bram Moolenaard812df62008-11-09 12:46:09 +00003269 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> or click with mouse (empty cancels): "));
Bram Moolenaar42eeac32005-06-29 22:40:58 +00003270 else
Bram Moolenaard812df62008-11-09 12:46:09 +00003271 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> (empty cancels): "));
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003272
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003273 /* Set the state such that text can be selected/copied/pasted and we still
3274 * get mouse events. */
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003275 save_cmdline_row = cmdline_row;
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003276 cmdline_row = 0;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003277 save_State = State;
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003278 State = CMDLINE;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003279
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003280 i = get_number(TRUE, mouse_used);
3281 if (KeyTyped)
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003282 {
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003283 /* don't call wait_return() now */
3284 /* msg_putchar('\n'); */
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003285 cmdline_row = msg_row - 1;
3286 need_wait_return = FALSE;
3287 msg_didany = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaarb2450162009-07-22 09:04:20 +00003288 msg_didout = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003289 }
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003290 else
3291 cmdline_row = save_cmdline_row;
3292 State = save_State;
3293
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003294 return i;
3295}
3296
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003297 void
3298msgmore(n)
3299 long n;
3300{
3301 long pn;
3302
3303 if (global_busy /* no messages now, wait until global is finished */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003304 || !messaging()) /* 'lazyredraw' set, don't do messages now */
3305 return;
3306
Bram Moolenaar7df2d662005-01-25 22:18:08 +00003307 /* We don't want to overwrite another important message, but do overwrite
3308 * a previous "more lines" or "fewer lines" message, so that "5dd" and
3309 * then "put" reports the last action. */
3310 if (keep_msg != NULL && !keep_msg_more)
3311 return;
3312
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003313 if (n > 0)
3314 pn = n;
3315 else
3316 pn = -n;
3317
3318 if (pn > p_report)
3319 {
3320 if (pn == 1)
3321 {
3322 if (n > 0)
3323 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 more line"));
3324 else
3325 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 line less"));
3326 }
3327 else
3328 {
3329 if (n > 0)
3330 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld more lines"), pn);
3331 else
3332 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld fewer lines"), pn);
3333 }
3334 if (got_int)
3335 STRCAT(msg_buf, _(" (Interrupted)"));
3336 if (msg(msg_buf))
3337 {
Bram Moolenaar238a5642006-02-21 22:12:05 +00003338 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0);
Bram Moolenaar7df2d662005-01-25 22:18:08 +00003339 keep_msg_more = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003340 }
3341 }
3342}
3343
3344/*
3345 * flush map and typeahead buffers and give a warning for an error
3346 */
3347 void
3348beep_flush()
3349{
3350 if (emsg_silent == 0)
3351 {
3352 flush_buffers(FALSE);
3353 vim_beep();
3354 }
3355}
3356
3357/*
3358 * give a warning for an error
3359 */
3360 void
3361vim_beep()
3362{
3363 if (emsg_silent == 0)
3364 {
3365 if (p_vb
3366#ifdef FEAT_GUI
3367 /* While the GUI is starting up the termcap is set for the GUI
3368 * but the output still goes to a terminal. */
3369 && !(gui.in_use && gui.starting)
3370#endif
3371 )
3372 {
3373 out_str(T_VB);
3374 }
3375 else
3376 {
3377#ifdef MSDOS
3378 /*
3379 * The number of beeps outputted is reduced to avoid having to wait
3380 * for all the beeps to finish. This is only a problem on systems
3381 * where the beeps don't overlap.
3382 */
3383 if (beep_count == 0 || beep_count == 10)
3384 {
3385 out_char(BELL);
3386 beep_count = 1;
3387 }
3388 else
3389 ++beep_count;
3390#else
3391 out_char(BELL);
3392#endif
3393 }
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +00003394
3395 /* When 'verbose' is set and we are sourcing a script or executing a
3396 * function give the user a hint where the beep comes from. */
3397 if (vim_strchr(p_debug, 'e') != NULL)
3398 {
3399 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
3400 msg_attr((char_u *)_("Beep!"), hl_attr(HLF_W));
3401 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003402 }
3403}
3404
3405/*
3406 * To get the "real" home directory:
3407 * - get value of $HOME
3408 * For Unix:
3409 * - go to that directory
3410 * - do mch_dirname() to get the real name of that directory.
3411 * This also works with mounts and links.
3412 * Don't do this for MS-DOS, it will change the "current dir" for a drive.
3413 */
3414static char_u *homedir = NULL;
3415
3416 void
3417init_homedir()
3418{
3419 char_u *var;
3420
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003421 /* In case we are called a second time (when 'encoding' changes). */
3422 vim_free(homedir);
3423 homedir = NULL;
3424
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003425#ifdef VMS
3426 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
3427#else
3428 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
3429#endif
3430
3431 if (var != NULL && *var == NUL) /* empty is same as not set */
3432 var = NULL;
3433
3434#ifdef WIN3264
3435 /*
3436 * Weird but true: $HOME may contain an indirect reference to another
3437 * variable, esp. "%USERPROFILE%". Happens when $USERPROFILE isn't set
3438 * when $HOME is being set.
3439 */
3440 if (var != NULL && *var == '%')
3441 {
3442 char_u *p;
3443 char_u *exp;
3444
3445 p = vim_strchr(var + 1, '%');
3446 if (p != NULL)
3447 {
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003448 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, var + 1, p - (var + 1));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003449 exp = mch_getenv(NameBuff);
3450 if (exp != NULL && *exp != NUL
3451 && STRLEN(exp) + STRLEN(p) < MAXPATHL)
3452 {
Bram Moolenaar555b2802005-05-19 21:08:39 +00003453 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%s%s", exp, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003454 var = NameBuff;
3455 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
3456 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
3457 }
3458 }
3459 }
3460
3461 /*
3462 * Typically, $HOME is not defined on Windows, unless the user has
3463 * specifically defined it for Vim's sake. However, on Windows NT
3464 * platforms, $HOMEDRIVE and $HOMEPATH are automatically defined for
3465 * each user. Try constructing $HOME from these.
3466 */
3467 if (var == NULL)
3468 {
3469 char_u *homedrive, *homepath;
3470
3471 homedrive = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEDRIVE");
3472 homepath = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEPATH");
3473 if (homedrive != NULL && homepath != NULL
3474 && STRLEN(homedrive) + STRLEN(homepath) < MAXPATHL)
3475 {
3476 sprintf((char *)NameBuff, "%s%s", homedrive, homepath);
3477 if (NameBuff[0] != NUL)
3478 {
3479 var = NameBuff;
3480 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
3481 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
3482 }
3483 }
3484 }
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003485
3486# if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
3487 if (enc_utf8 && var != NULL)
3488 {
3489 int len;
3490 char_u *pp;
3491
3492 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
3493 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003494 acp_to_enc(var, (int)STRLEN(var), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003495 if (pp != NULL)
3496 {
3497 homedir = pp;
3498 return;
3499 }
3500 }
3501# endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003502#endif
3503
3504#if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
3505 /*
3506 * Default home dir is C:/
3507 * Best assumption we can make in such a situation.
3508 */
3509 if (var == NULL)
3510 var = "C:/";
3511#endif
3512 if (var != NULL)
3513 {
3514#ifdef UNIX
3515 /*
3516 * Change to the directory and get the actual path. This resolves
3517 * links. Don't do it when we can't return.
3518 */
3519 if (mch_dirname(NameBuff, MAXPATHL) == OK
3520 && mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) == 0)
3521 {
3522 if (!mch_chdir((char *)var) && mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE) == OK)
3523 var = IObuff;
3524 if (mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) != 0)
3525 EMSG(_(e_prev_dir));
3526 }
3527#endif
3528 homedir = vim_strsave(var);
3529 }
3530}
3531
Bram Moolenaarf461c8e2005-06-25 23:04:51 +00003532#if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
3533 void
3534free_homedir()
3535{
3536 vim_free(homedir);
3537}
3538#endif
3539
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003540/*
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003541 * Call expand_env() and store the result in an allocated string.
3542 * This is not very memory efficient, this expects the result to be freed
3543 * again soon.
3544 */
3545 char_u *
3546expand_env_save(src)
3547 char_u *src;
3548{
3549 return expand_env_save_opt(src, FALSE);
3550}
3551
3552/*
3553 * Idem, but when "one" is TRUE handle the string as one file name, only
3554 * expand "~" at the start.
3555 */
3556 char_u *
3557expand_env_save_opt(src, one)
3558 char_u *src;
3559 int one;
3560{
3561 char_u *p;
3562
3563 p = alloc(MAXPATHL);
3564 if (p != NULL)
3565 expand_env_esc(src, p, MAXPATHL, FALSE, one, NULL);
3566 return p;
3567}
3568
3569/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003570 * Expand environment variable with path name.
3571 * "~/" is also expanded, using $HOME. For Unix "~user/" is expanded.
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003572 * Skips over "\ ", "\~" and "\$" (not for Win32 though).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003573 * If anything fails no expansion is done and dst equals src.
3574 */
3575 void
3576expand_env(src, dst, dstlen)
3577 char_u *src; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
3578 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
3579 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
3580{
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003581 expand_env_esc(src, dst, dstlen, FALSE, FALSE, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003582}
3583
3584 void
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003585expand_env_esc(srcp, dst, dstlen, esc, one, startstr)
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003586 char_u *srcp; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003587 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
3588 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
3589 int esc; /* escape spaces in expanded variables */
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003590 int one; /* "srcp" is one file name */
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003591 char_u *startstr; /* start again after this (can be NULL) */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003592{
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003593 char_u *src;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003594 char_u *tail;
3595 int c;
3596 char_u *var;
3597 int copy_char;
3598 int mustfree; /* var was allocated, need to free it later */
3599 int at_start = TRUE; /* at start of a name */
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003600 int startstr_len = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003601
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003602 if (startstr != NULL)
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003603 startstr_len = (int)STRLEN(startstr);
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003604
3605 src = skipwhite(srcp);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003606 --dstlen; /* leave one char space for "\," */
3607 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
3608 {
3609 copy_char = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003610 if ((*src == '$'
3611#ifdef VMS
3612 && at_start
3613#endif
3614 )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003615#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
3616 || *src == '%'
3617#endif
3618 || (*src == '~' && at_start))
3619 {
3620 mustfree = FALSE;
3621
3622 /*
3623 * The variable name is copied into dst temporarily, because it may
3624 * be a string in read-only memory and a NUL needs to be appended.
3625 */
3626 if (*src != '~') /* environment var */
3627 {
3628 tail = src + 1;
3629 var = dst;
3630 c = dstlen - 1;
3631
3632#ifdef UNIX
3633 /* Unix has ${var-name} type environment vars */
3634 if (*tail == '{' && !vim_isIDc('{'))
3635 {
3636 tail++; /* ignore '{' */
3637 while (c-- > 0 && *tail && *tail != '}')
3638 *var++ = *tail++;
3639 }
3640 else
3641#endif
3642 {
3643 while (c-- > 0 && *tail != NUL && ((vim_isIDc(*tail))
3644#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
3645 || (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
3646#endif
3647 ))
3648 {
3649#ifdef OS2 /* env vars only in uppercase */
3650 *var++ = TOUPPER_LOC(*tail);
3651 tail++; /* toupper() may be a macro! */
3652#else
3653 *var++ = *tail++;
3654#endif
3655 }
3656 }
3657
3658#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
3659# ifdef UNIX
3660 if (src[1] == '{' && *tail != '}')
3661# else
3662 if (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
3663# endif
3664 var = NULL;
3665 else
3666 {
3667# ifdef UNIX
3668 if (src[1] == '{')
3669# else
3670 if (*src == '%')
3671#endif
3672 ++tail;
3673#endif
3674 *var = NUL;
3675 var = vim_getenv(dst, &mustfree);
3676#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
3677 }
3678#endif
3679 }
3680 /* home directory */
3681 else if ( src[1] == NUL
3682 || vim_ispathsep(src[1])
3683 || vim_strchr((char_u *)" ,\t\n", src[1]) != NULL)
3684 {
3685 var = homedir;
3686 tail = src + 1;
3687 }
3688 else /* user directory */
3689 {
3690#if defined(UNIX) || (defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME))
3691 /*
3692 * Copy ~user to dst[], so we can put a NUL after it.
3693 */
3694 tail = src;
3695 var = dst;
3696 c = dstlen - 1;
3697 while ( c-- > 0
3698 && *tail
3699 && vim_isfilec(*tail)
3700 && !vim_ispathsep(*tail))
3701 *var++ = *tail++;
3702 *var = NUL;
3703# ifdef UNIX
3704 /*
3705 * If the system supports getpwnam(), use it.
3706 * Otherwise, or if getpwnam() fails, the shell is used to
3707 * expand ~user. This is slower and may fail if the shell
3708 * does not support ~user (old versions of /bin/sh).
3709 */
3710# if defined(HAVE_GETPWNAM) && defined(HAVE_PWD_H)
3711 {
3712 struct passwd *pw;
3713
Bram Moolenaara40ceaf2006-01-13 22:35:40 +00003714 /* Note: memory allocated by getpwnam() is never freed.
3715 * Calling endpwent() apparently doesn't help. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003716 pw = getpwnam((char *)dst + 1);
3717 if (pw != NULL)
3718 var = (char_u *)pw->pw_dir;
3719 else
3720 var = NULL;
3721 }
3722 if (var == NULL)
3723# endif
3724 {
3725 expand_T xpc;
3726
3727 ExpandInit(&xpc);
3728 xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_FILES;
3729 var = ExpandOne(&xpc, dst, NULL,
3730 WILD_ADD_SLASH|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003731 mustfree = TRUE;
3732 }
3733
3734# else /* !UNIX, thus VMS */
3735 /*
3736 * USER_HOME is a comma-separated list of
3737 * directories to search for the user account in.
3738 */
3739 {
3740 char_u test[MAXPATHL], paths[MAXPATHL];
3741 char_u *path, *next_path, *ptr;
3742 struct stat st;
3743
3744 STRCPY(paths, USER_HOME);
3745 next_path = paths;
3746 while (*next_path)
3747 {
3748 for (path = next_path; *next_path && *next_path != ',';
3749 next_path++);
3750 if (*next_path)
3751 *next_path++ = NUL;
3752 STRCPY(test, path);
3753 STRCAT(test, "/");
3754 STRCAT(test, dst + 1);
3755 if (mch_stat(test, &st) == 0)
3756 {
3757 var = alloc(STRLEN(test) + 1);
3758 STRCPY(var, test);
3759 mustfree = TRUE;
3760 break;
3761 }
3762 }
3763 }
3764# endif /* UNIX */
3765#else
3766 /* cannot expand user's home directory, so don't try */
3767 var = NULL;
3768 tail = (char_u *)""; /* for gcc */
3769#endif /* UNIX || VMS */
3770 }
3771
3772#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
3773 /* If 'shellslash' is set change backslashes to forward slashes.
3774 * Can't use slash_adjust(), p_ssl may be set temporarily. */
3775 if (p_ssl && var != NULL && vim_strchr(var, '\\') != NULL)
3776 {
3777 char_u *p = vim_strsave(var);
3778
3779 if (p != NULL)
3780 {
3781 if (mustfree)
3782 vim_free(var);
3783 var = p;
3784 mustfree = TRUE;
3785 forward_slash(var);
3786 }
3787 }
3788#endif
3789
3790 /* If "var" contains white space, escape it with a backslash.
3791 * Required for ":e ~/tt" when $HOME includes a space. */
3792 if (esc && var != NULL && vim_strpbrk(var, (char_u *)" \t") != NULL)
3793 {
3794 char_u *p = vim_strsave_escaped(var, (char_u *)" \t");
3795
3796 if (p != NULL)
3797 {
3798 if (mustfree)
3799 vim_free(var);
3800 var = p;
3801 mustfree = TRUE;
3802 }
3803 }
3804
3805 if (var != NULL && *var != NUL
3806 && (STRLEN(var) + STRLEN(tail) + 1 < (unsigned)dstlen))
3807 {
3808 STRCPY(dst, var);
3809 dstlen -= (int)STRLEN(var);
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003810 c = (int)STRLEN(var);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003811 /* if var[] ends in a path separator and tail[] starts
3812 * with it, skip a character */
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003813 if (*var != NUL && after_pathsep(dst, dst + c)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003814#if defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME) || defined(AMIGA)
3815 && dst[-1] != ':'
3816#endif
3817 && vim_ispathsep(*tail))
3818 ++tail;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003819 dst += c;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003820 src = tail;
3821 copy_char = FALSE;
3822 }
3823 if (mustfree)
3824 vim_free(var);
3825 }
3826
3827 if (copy_char) /* copy at least one char */
3828 {
3829 /*
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003830 * Recognize the start of a new name, for '~'.
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003831 * Don't do this when "one" is TRUE, to avoid expanding "~" in
3832 * ":edit foo ~ foo".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003833 */
3834 at_start = FALSE;
3835 if (src[0] == '\\' && src[1] != NUL)
3836 {
3837 *dst++ = *src++;
3838 --dstlen;
3839 }
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003840 else if ((src[0] == ' ' || src[0] == ',') && !one)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003841 at_start = TRUE;
3842 *dst++ = *src++;
3843 --dstlen;
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003844
3845 if (startstr != NULL && src - startstr_len >= srcp
3846 && STRNCMP(src - startstr_len, startstr, startstr_len) == 0)
3847 at_start = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003848 }
3849 }
3850 *dst = NUL;
3851}
3852
3853/*
3854 * Vim's version of getenv().
3855 * Special handling of $HOME, $VIM and $VIMRUNTIME.
Bram Moolenaar2f6b0b82005-03-08 22:43:10 +00003856 * Also does ACP to 'enc' conversion for Win32.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003857 */
3858 char_u *
3859vim_getenv(name, mustfree)
3860 char_u *name;
3861 int *mustfree; /* set to TRUE when returned is allocated */
3862{
3863 char_u *p;
3864 char_u *pend;
3865 int vimruntime;
3866
3867#if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
3868 /* use "C:/" when $HOME is not set */
3869 if (STRCMP(name, "HOME") == 0)
3870 return homedir;
3871#endif
3872
3873 p = mch_getenv(name);
3874 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
3875 p = NULL;
3876
3877 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003878 {
3879#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
3880 if (enc_utf8)
3881 {
3882 int len;
3883 char_u *pp;
3884
3885 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
3886 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003887 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003888 if (pp != NULL)
3889 {
3890 p = pp;
3891 *mustfree = TRUE;
3892 }
3893 }
3894#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003895 return p;
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003896 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003897
3898 vimruntime = (STRCMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0);
3899 if (!vimruntime && STRCMP(name, "VIM") != 0)
3900 return NULL;
3901
3902 /*
3903 * When expanding $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using $VIM/vim<version> or $VIM.
3904 * Don't do this when default_vimruntime_dir is non-empty.
3905 */
3906 if (vimruntime
3907#ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
3908 && *default_vimruntime_dir == NUL
3909#endif
3910 )
3911 {
3912 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
3913 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
3914 p = NULL;
3915 if (p != NULL)
3916 {
3917 p = vim_version_dir(p);
3918 if (p != NULL)
3919 *mustfree = TRUE;
3920 else
3921 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003922
3923#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
3924 if (enc_utf8)
3925 {
3926 int len;
3927 char_u *pp;
3928
3929 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions
3930 * are not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII
3931 * characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003932 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003933 if (pp != NULL)
3934 {
3935 if (mustfree)
3936 vim_free(p);
3937 p = pp;
3938 *mustfree = TRUE;
3939 }
3940 }
3941#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003942 }
3943 }
3944
3945 /*
3946 * When expanding $VIM or $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using:
3947 * - the directory name from 'helpfile' (unless it contains '$')
3948 * - the executable name from argv[0]
3949 */
3950 if (p == NULL)
3951 {
3952 if (p_hf != NULL && vim_strchr(p_hf, '$') == NULL)
3953 p = p_hf;
3954#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
3955 /*
3956 * Use the name of the executable, obtained from argv[0].
3957 */
3958 else
3959 p = exe_name;
3960#endif
3961 if (p != NULL)
3962 {
3963 /* remove the file name */
3964 pend = gettail(p);
3965
3966 /* remove "doc/" from 'helpfile', if present */
3967 if (p == p_hf)
3968 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"doc");
3969
3970#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
3971# ifdef MACOS_X
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003972 /* remove "MacOS" from exe_name and add "Resources/vim" */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003973 if (p == exe_name)
3974 {
3975 char_u *pend1;
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003976 char_u *pnew;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003977
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003978 pend1 = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"MacOS");
3979 if (pend1 != pend)
3980 {
3981 pnew = alloc((unsigned)(pend1 - p) + 15);
3982 if (pnew != NULL)
3983 {
3984 STRNCPY(pnew, p, (pend1 - p));
3985 STRCPY(pnew + (pend1 - p), "Resources/vim");
3986 p = pnew;
3987 pend = p + STRLEN(p);
3988 }
3989 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003990 }
3991# endif
3992 /* remove "src/" from exe_name, if present */
3993 if (p == exe_name)
3994 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"src");
3995#endif
3996
3997 /* for $VIM, remove "runtime/" or "vim54/", if present */
3998 if (!vimruntime)
3999 {
4000 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME);
4001 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT);
4002 }
4003
4004 /* remove trailing path separator */
4005#ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC
4006 /* With MacOS path (with colons) the final colon is required */
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00004007 /* to avoid confusion between absolute and relative path */
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004008 if (pend > p && after_pathsep(p, pend))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004009 --pend;
4010#endif
4011
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00004012#ifdef MACOS_X
4013 if (p == exe_name || p == p_hf)
4014#endif
4015 /* check that the result is a directory name */
4016 p = vim_strnsave(p, (int)(pend - p));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004017
4018 if (p != NULL && !mch_isdir(p))
4019 {
4020 vim_free(p);
4021 p = NULL;
4022 }
4023 else
4024 {
4025#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
4026 /* may add "/vim54" or "/runtime" if it exists */
4027 if (vimruntime && (pend = vim_version_dir(p)) != NULL)
4028 {
4029 vim_free(p);
4030 p = pend;
4031 }
4032#endif
4033 *mustfree = TRUE;
4034 }
4035 }
4036 }
4037
4038#ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
4039 /* When there is a pathdef.c file we can use default_vim_dir and
4040 * default_vimruntime_dir */
4041 if (p == NULL)
4042 {
4043 /* Only use default_vimruntime_dir when it is not empty */
4044 if (vimruntime && *default_vimruntime_dir != NUL)
4045 {
4046 p = default_vimruntime_dir;
4047 *mustfree = FALSE;
4048 }
4049 else if (*default_vim_dir != NUL)
4050 {
4051 if (vimruntime && (p = vim_version_dir(default_vim_dir)) != NULL)
4052 *mustfree = TRUE;
4053 else
4054 {
4055 p = default_vim_dir;
4056 *mustfree = FALSE;
4057 }
4058 }
4059 }
4060#endif
4061
4062 /*
4063 * Set the environment variable, so that the new value can be found fast
4064 * next time, and others can also use it (e.g. Perl).
4065 */
4066 if (p != NULL)
4067 {
4068 if (vimruntime)
4069 {
4070 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", p);
4071 didset_vimruntime = TRUE;
4072#ifdef FEAT_GETTEXT
4073 {
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004074 char_u *buf = concat_str(p, (char_u *)"/lang");
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004075
4076 if (buf != NULL)
4077 {
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004078 bindtextdomain(VIMPACKAGE, (char *)buf);
4079 vim_free(buf);
4080 }
4081 }
4082#endif
4083 }
4084 else
4085 {
4086 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIM", p);
4087 didset_vim = TRUE;
4088 }
4089 }
4090 return p;
4091}
4092
4093/*
4094 * Check if the directory "vimdir/<version>" or "vimdir/runtime" exists.
4095 * Return NULL if not, return its name in allocated memory otherwise.
4096 */
4097 static char_u *
4098vim_version_dir(vimdir)
4099 char_u *vimdir;
4100{
4101 char_u *p;
4102
4103 if (vimdir == NULL || *vimdir == NUL)
4104 return NULL;
4105 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT, TRUE);
4106 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
4107 return p;
4108 vim_free(p);
4109 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME, TRUE);
4110 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
4111 return p;
4112 vim_free(p);
4113 return NULL;
4114}
4115
4116/*
4117 * If the string between "p" and "pend" ends in "name/", return "pend" minus
4118 * the length of "name/". Otherwise return "pend".
4119 */
4120 static char_u *
4121remove_tail(p, pend, name)
4122 char_u *p;
4123 char_u *pend;
4124 char_u *name;
4125{
4126 int len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 1;
4127 char_u *newend = pend - len;
4128
4129 if (newend >= p
4130 && fnamencmp(newend, name, len - 1) == 0
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004131 && (newend == p || after_pathsep(p, newend)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004132 return newend;
4133 return pend;
4134}
4135
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004136/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004137 * Our portable version of setenv.
4138 */
4139 void
4140vim_setenv(name, val)
4141 char_u *name;
4142 char_u *val;
4143{
4144#ifdef HAVE_SETENV
4145 mch_setenv((char *)name, (char *)val, 1);
4146#else
4147 char_u *envbuf;
4148
4149 /*
4150 * Putenv does not copy the string, it has to remain
4151 * valid. The allocated memory will never be freed.
4152 */
4153 envbuf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + STRLEN(val) + 2));
4154 if (envbuf != NULL)
4155 {
4156 sprintf((char *)envbuf, "%s=%s", name, val);
4157 putenv((char *)envbuf);
4158 }
4159#endif
4160}
4161
4162#if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
4163/*
4164 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain an environment variable name.
4165 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004166 char_u *
4167get_env_name(xp, idx)
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00004168 expand_T *xp UNUSED;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004169 int idx;
4170{
4171# if defined(AMIGA) || defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__)
4172 /*
4173 * No environ[] on the Amiga and on the Mac (using MPW).
4174 */
4175 return NULL;
4176# else
4177# ifndef __WIN32__
4178 /* Borland C++ 5.2 has this in a header file. */
4179 extern char **environ;
4180# endif
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00004181# define ENVNAMELEN 100
4182 static char_u name[ENVNAMELEN];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004183 char_u *str;
4184 int n;
4185
4186 str = (char_u *)environ[idx];
4187 if (str == NULL)
4188 return NULL;
4189
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00004190 for (n = 0; n < ENVNAMELEN - 1; ++n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004191 {
4192 if (str[n] == '=' || str[n] == NUL)
4193 break;
4194 name[n] = str[n];
4195 }
4196 name[n] = NUL;
4197 return name;
4198# endif
4199}
4200#endif
4201
4202/*
4203 * Replace home directory by "~" in each space or comma separated file name in
4204 * 'src'.
4205 * If anything fails (except when out of space) dst equals src.
4206 */
4207 void
4208home_replace(buf, src, dst, dstlen, one)
4209 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
4210 char_u *src; /* input file name */
4211 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
4212 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
4213 int one; /* if TRUE, only replace one file name, include
4214 spaces and commas in the file name. */
4215{
4216 size_t dirlen = 0, envlen = 0;
4217 size_t len;
4218 char_u *homedir_env;
4219 char_u *p;
4220
4221 if (src == NULL)
4222 {
4223 *dst = NUL;
4224 return;
4225 }
4226
4227 /*
4228 * If the file is a help file, remove the path completely.
4229 */
4230 if (buf != NULL && buf->b_help)
4231 {
4232 STRCPY(dst, gettail(src));
4233 return;
4234 }
4235
4236 /*
4237 * We check both the value of the $HOME environment variable and the
4238 * "real" home directory.
4239 */
4240 if (homedir != NULL)
4241 dirlen = STRLEN(homedir);
4242
4243#ifdef VMS
4244 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
4245#else
4246 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
4247#endif
4248
4249 if (homedir_env != NULL && *homedir_env == NUL)
4250 homedir_env = NULL;
4251 if (homedir_env != NULL)
4252 envlen = STRLEN(homedir_env);
4253
4254 if (!one)
4255 src = skipwhite(src);
4256 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
4257 {
4258 /*
4259 * Here we are at the beginning of a file name.
4260 * First, check to see if the beginning of the file name matches
4261 * $HOME or the "real" home directory. Check that there is a '/'
4262 * after the match (so that if e.g. the file is "/home/pieter/bla",
4263 * and the home directory is "/home/piet", the file does not end up
4264 * as "~er/bla" (which would seem to indicate the file "bla" in user
4265 * er's home directory)).
4266 */
4267 p = homedir;
4268 len = dirlen;
4269 for (;;)
4270 {
4271 if ( len
4272 && fnamencmp(src, p, len) == 0
4273 && (vim_ispathsep(src[len])
4274 || (!one && (src[len] == ',' || src[len] == ' '))
4275 || src[len] == NUL))
4276 {
4277 src += len;
4278 if (--dstlen > 0)
4279 *dst++ = '~';
4280
4281 /*
4282 * If it's just the home directory, add "/".
4283 */
4284 if (!vim_ispathsep(src[0]) && --dstlen > 0)
4285 *dst++ = '/';
4286 break;
4287 }
4288 if (p == homedir_env)
4289 break;
4290 p = homedir_env;
4291 len = envlen;
4292 }
4293
4294 /* if (!one) skip to separator: space or comma */
4295 while (*src && (one || (*src != ',' && *src != ' ')) && --dstlen > 0)
4296 *dst++ = *src++;
4297 /* skip separator */
4298 while ((*src == ' ' || *src == ',') && --dstlen > 0)
4299 *dst++ = *src++;
4300 }
4301 /* if (dstlen == 0) out of space, what to do??? */
4302
4303 *dst = NUL;
4304}
4305
4306/*
4307 * Like home_replace, store the replaced string in allocated memory.
4308 * When something fails, NULL is returned.
4309 */
4310 char_u *
4311home_replace_save(buf, src)
4312 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
4313 char_u *src; /* input file name */
4314{
4315 char_u *dst;
4316 unsigned len;
4317
4318 len = 3; /* space for "~/" and trailing NUL */
4319 if (src != NULL) /* just in case */
4320 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(src);
4321 dst = alloc(len);
4322 if (dst != NULL)
4323 home_replace(buf, src, dst, len, TRUE);
4324 return dst;
4325}
4326
4327/*
4328 * Compare two file names and return:
4329 * FPC_SAME if they both exist and are the same file.
4330 * FPC_SAMEX if they both don't exist and have the same file name.
4331 * FPC_DIFF if they both exist and are different files.
4332 * FPC_NOTX if they both don't exist.
4333 * FPC_DIFFX if one of them doesn't exist.
4334 * For the first name environment variables are expanded
4335 */
4336 int
4337fullpathcmp(s1, s2, checkname)
4338 char_u *s1, *s2;
4339 int checkname; /* when both don't exist, check file names */
4340{
4341#ifdef UNIX
4342 char_u exp1[MAXPATHL];
4343 char_u full1[MAXPATHL];
4344 char_u full2[MAXPATHL];
4345 struct stat st1, st2;
4346 int r1, r2;
4347
4348 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
4349 r1 = mch_stat((char *)exp1, &st1);
4350 r2 = mch_stat((char *)s2, &st2);
4351 if (r1 != 0 && r2 != 0)
4352 {
4353 /* if mch_stat() doesn't work, may compare the names */
4354 if (checkname)
4355 {
4356 if (fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
4357 return FPC_SAMEX;
4358 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4359 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4360 if (r1 == OK && r2 == OK && fnamecmp(full1, full2) == 0)
4361 return FPC_SAMEX;
4362 }
4363 return FPC_NOTX;
4364 }
4365 if (r1 != 0 || r2 != 0)
4366 return FPC_DIFFX;
4367 if (st1.st_dev == st2.st_dev && st1.st_ino == st2.st_ino)
4368 return FPC_SAME;
4369 return FPC_DIFF;
4370#else
4371 char_u *exp1; /* expanded s1 */
4372 char_u *full1; /* full path of s1 */
4373 char_u *full2; /* full path of s2 */
4374 int retval = FPC_DIFF;
4375 int r1, r2;
4376
4377 /* allocate one buffer to store three paths (alloc()/free() is slow!) */
4378 if ((exp1 = alloc(MAXPATHL * 3)) != NULL)
4379 {
4380 full1 = exp1 + MAXPATHL;
4381 full2 = full1 + MAXPATHL;
4382
4383 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
4384 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4385 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4386
4387 /* If vim_FullName() fails, the file probably doesn't exist. */
4388 if (r1 != OK && r2 != OK)
4389 {
4390 if (checkname && fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
4391 retval = FPC_SAMEX;
4392 else
4393 retval = FPC_NOTX;
4394 }
4395 else if (r1 != OK || r2 != OK)
4396 retval = FPC_DIFFX;
4397 else if (fnamecmp(full1, full2))
4398 retval = FPC_DIFF;
4399 else
4400 retval = FPC_SAME;
4401 vim_free(exp1);
4402 }
4403 return retval;
4404#endif
4405}
4406
4407/*
Bram Moolenaarf4b8e572004-06-24 15:53:16 +00004408 * Get the tail of a path: the file name.
4409 * Fail safe: never returns NULL.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004410 */
4411 char_u *
4412gettail(fname)
4413 char_u *fname;
4414{
4415 char_u *p1, *p2;
4416
4417 if (fname == NULL)
4418 return (char_u *)"";
4419 for (p1 = p2 = fname; *p2; ) /* find last part of path */
4420 {
4421 if (vim_ispathsep(*p2))
4422 p1 = p2 + 1;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004423 mb_ptr_adv(p2);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004424 }
4425 return p1;
4426}
4427
4428/*
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004429 * Get pointer to tail of "fname", including path separators. Putting a NUL
4430 * here leaves the directory name. Takes care of "c:/" and "//".
4431 * Always returns a valid pointer.
4432 */
4433 char_u *
4434gettail_sep(fname)
4435 char_u *fname;
4436{
4437 char_u *p;
4438 char_u *t;
4439
4440 p = get_past_head(fname); /* don't remove the '/' from "c:/file" */
4441 t = gettail(fname);
4442 while (t > p && after_pathsep(fname, t))
4443 --t;
4444#ifdef VMS
4445 /* path separator is part of the path */
4446 ++t;
4447#endif
4448 return t;
4449}
4450
4451/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004452 * get the next path component (just after the next path separator).
4453 */
4454 char_u *
4455getnextcomp(fname)
4456 char_u *fname;
4457{
4458 while (*fname && !vim_ispathsep(*fname))
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004459 mb_ptr_adv(fname);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004460 if (*fname)
4461 ++fname;
4462 return fname;
4463}
4464
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004465/*
4466 * Get a pointer to one character past the head of a path name.
4467 * Unix: after "/"; DOS: after "c:\"; Amiga: after "disk:/"; Mac: no head.
4468 * If there is no head, path is returned.
4469 */
4470 char_u *
4471get_past_head(path)
4472 char_u *path;
4473{
4474 char_u *retval;
4475
4476#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
4477 /* may skip "c:" */
4478 if (isalpha(path[0]) && path[1] == ':')
4479 retval = path + 2;
4480 else
4481 retval = path;
4482#else
4483# if defined(AMIGA)
4484 /* may skip "label:" */
4485 retval = vim_strchr(path, ':');
4486 if (retval == NULL)
4487 retval = path;
4488# else /* Unix */
4489 retval = path;
4490# endif
4491#endif
4492
4493 while (vim_ispathsep(*retval))
4494 ++retval;
4495
4496 return retval;
4497}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004498
4499/*
4500 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path separator.
4501 */
4502 int
4503vim_ispathsep(c)
4504 int c;
4505{
4506#ifdef RISCOS
4507 return (c == '.' || c == ':');
4508#else
4509# ifdef UNIX
4510 return (c == '/'); /* UNIX has ':' inside file names */
4511# else
4512# ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
4513 return (c == ':' || c == '/' || c == '\\');
4514# else
4515# ifdef VMS
4516 /* server"user passwd"::device:[full.path.name]fname.extension;version" */
4517 return (c == ':' || c == '[' || c == ']' || c == '/'
4518 || c == '<' || c == '>' || c == '"' );
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00004519# else /* Amiga */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004520 return (c == ':' || c == '/');
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004521# endif /* VMS */
4522# endif
4523# endif
4524#endif /* RISC OS */
4525}
4526
4527#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO)
4528/*
4529 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path list separator.
4530 */
4531 int
4532vim_ispathlistsep(c)
4533 int c;
4534{
4535#ifdef UNIX
4536 return (c == ':');
4537#else
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00004538 return (c == ';'); /* might not be right for every system... */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004539#endif
4540}
4541#endif
4542
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00004543#if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) \
4544 || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
4545/*
4546 * Shorten the path of a file from "~/foo/../.bar/fname" to "~/f/../.b/fname"
4547 * It's done in-place.
4548 */
4549 void
4550shorten_dir(str)
4551 char_u *str;
4552{
4553 char_u *tail, *s, *d;
4554 int skip = FALSE;
4555
4556 tail = gettail(str);
4557 d = str;
4558 for (s = str; ; ++s)
4559 {
4560 if (s >= tail) /* copy the whole tail */
4561 {
4562 *d++ = *s;
4563 if (*s == NUL)
4564 break;
4565 }
4566 else if (vim_ispathsep(*s)) /* copy '/' and next char */
4567 {
4568 *d++ = *s;
4569 skip = FALSE;
4570 }
4571 else if (!skip)
4572 {
4573 *d++ = *s; /* copy next char */
4574 if (*s != '~' && *s != '.') /* and leading "~" and "." */
4575 skip = TRUE;
4576# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4577 if (has_mbyte)
4578 {
4579 int l = mb_ptr2len(s);
4580
4581 while (--l > 0)
Bram Moolenaarb6baca52006-08-15 20:24:14 +00004582 *d++ = *++s;
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00004583 }
4584# endif
4585 }
4586 }
4587}
4588#endif
4589
Bram Moolenaar900b4d72005-12-12 22:05:50 +00004590/*
4591 * Return TRUE if the directory of "fname" exists, FALSE otherwise.
4592 * Also returns TRUE if there is no directory name.
4593 * "fname" must be writable!.
4594 */
4595 int
4596dir_of_file_exists(fname)
4597 char_u *fname;
4598{
4599 char_u *p;
4600 int c;
4601 int retval;
4602
4603 p = gettail_sep(fname);
4604 if (p == fname)
4605 return TRUE;
4606 c = *p;
4607 *p = NUL;
4608 retval = mch_isdir(fname);
4609 *p = c;
4610 return retval;
4611}
4612
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004613#if (defined(CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME) && defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME)) \
4614 || defined(PROTO)
4615/*
4616 * Versions of fnamecmp() and fnamencmp() that handle '/' and '\' equally.
4617 */
4618 int
4619vim_fnamecmp(x, y)
4620 char_u *x, *y;
4621{
4622 return vim_fnamencmp(x, y, MAXPATHL);
4623}
4624
4625 int
4626vim_fnamencmp(x, y, len)
4627 char_u *x, *y;
4628 size_t len;
4629{
4630 while (len > 0 && *x && *y)
4631 {
4632 if (TOLOWER_LOC(*x) != TOLOWER_LOC(*y)
4633 && !(*x == '/' && *y == '\\')
4634 && !(*x == '\\' && *y == '/'))
4635 break;
4636 ++x;
4637 ++y;
4638 --len;
4639 }
4640 if (len == 0)
4641 return 0;
4642 return (*x - *y);
4643}
4644#endif
4645
4646/*
4647 * Concatenate file names fname1 and fname2 into allocated memory.
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00004648 * Only add a '/' or '\\' when 'sep' is TRUE and it is necessary.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004649 */
4650 char_u *
4651concat_fnames(fname1, fname2, sep)
4652 char_u *fname1;
4653 char_u *fname2;
4654 int sep;
4655{
4656 char_u *dest;
4657
4658 dest = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(fname1) + STRLEN(fname2) + 3));
4659 if (dest != NULL)
4660 {
4661 STRCPY(dest, fname1);
4662 if (sep)
4663 add_pathsep(dest);
4664 STRCAT(dest, fname2);
4665 }
4666 return dest;
4667}
4668
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004669/*
4670 * Concatenate two strings and return the result in allocated memory.
4671 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
4672 */
4673 char_u *
4674concat_str(str1, str2)
4675 char_u *str1;
4676 char_u *str2;
4677{
4678 char_u *dest;
4679 size_t l = STRLEN(str1);
4680
4681 dest = alloc((unsigned)(l + STRLEN(str2) + 1L));
4682 if (dest != NULL)
4683 {
4684 STRCPY(dest, str1);
4685 STRCPY(dest + l, str2);
4686 }
4687 return dest;
4688}
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004689
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004690/*
4691 * Add a path separator to a file name, unless it already ends in a path
4692 * separator.
4693 */
4694 void
4695add_pathsep(p)
4696 char_u *p;
4697{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004698 if (*p != NUL && !after_pathsep(p, p + STRLEN(p)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004699 STRCAT(p, PATHSEPSTR);
4700}
4701
4702/*
4703 * FullName_save - Make an allocated copy of a full file name.
4704 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
4705 */
4706 char_u *
4707FullName_save(fname, force)
4708 char_u *fname;
4709 int force; /* force expansion, even when it already looks
4710 like a full path name */
4711{
4712 char_u *buf;
4713 char_u *new_fname = NULL;
4714
4715 if (fname == NULL)
4716 return NULL;
4717
4718 buf = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL);
4719 if (buf != NULL)
4720 {
4721 if (vim_FullName(fname, buf, MAXPATHL, force) != FAIL)
4722 new_fname = vim_strsave(buf);
4723 else
4724 new_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
4725 vim_free(buf);
4726 }
4727 return new_fname;
4728}
4729
4730#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
4731
4732static char_u *skip_string __ARGS((char_u *p));
4733
4734/*
4735 * Find the start of a comment, not knowing if we are in a comment right now.
4736 * Search starts at w_cursor.lnum and goes backwards.
4737 */
4738 pos_T *
4739find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
4740 int ind_maxcomment;
4741{
4742 pos_T *pos;
4743 char_u *line;
4744 char_u *p;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004745 int cur_maxcomment = ind_maxcomment;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004746
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004747 for (;;)
4748 {
4749 pos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '*', FM_BACKWARD, cur_maxcomment);
4750 if (pos == NULL)
4751 break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004752
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004753 /*
4754 * Check if the comment start we found is inside a string.
4755 * If it is then restrict the search to below this line and try again.
4756 */
4757 line = ml_get(pos->lnum);
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00004758 for (p = line; *p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < pos->col; ++p)
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004759 p = skip_string(p);
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00004760 if ((colnr_T)(p - line) <= pos->col)
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004761 break;
4762 cur_maxcomment = curwin->w_cursor.lnum - pos->lnum - 1;
4763 if (cur_maxcomment <= 0)
4764 {
4765 pos = NULL;
4766 break;
4767 }
4768 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004769 return pos;
4770}
4771
4772/*
4773 * Skip to the end of a "string" and a 'c' character.
4774 * If there is no string or character, return argument unmodified.
4775 */
4776 static char_u *
4777skip_string(p)
4778 char_u *p;
4779{
4780 int i;
4781
4782 /*
4783 * We loop, because strings may be concatenated: "date""time".
4784 */
4785 for ( ; ; ++p)
4786 {
4787 if (p[0] == '\'') /* 'c' or '\n' or '\000' */
4788 {
4789 if (!p[1]) /* ' at end of line */
4790 break;
4791 i = 2;
4792 if (p[1] == '\\') /* '\n' or '\000' */
4793 {
4794 ++i;
4795 while (vim_isdigit(p[i - 1])) /* '\000' */
4796 ++i;
4797 }
4798 if (p[i] == '\'') /* check for trailing ' */
4799 {
4800 p += i;
4801 continue;
4802 }
4803 }
4804 else if (p[0] == '"') /* start of string */
4805 {
4806 for (++p; p[0]; ++p)
4807 {
4808 if (p[0] == '\\' && p[1] != NUL)
4809 ++p;
4810 else if (p[0] == '"') /* end of string */
4811 break;
4812 }
4813 if (p[0] == '"')
4814 continue;
4815 }
4816 break; /* no string found */
4817 }
4818 if (!*p)
4819 --p; /* backup from NUL */
4820 return p;
4821}
4822#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT || FEAT_SYN_HL */
4823
4824#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
4825
4826/*
4827 * Do C or expression indenting on the current line.
4828 */
4829 void
4830do_c_expr_indent()
4831{
4832# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4833 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
4834 fixthisline(get_expr_indent);
4835 else
4836# endif
4837 fixthisline(get_c_indent);
4838}
4839
4840/*
4841 * Functions for C-indenting.
4842 * Most of this originally comes from Eric Fischer.
4843 */
4844/*
4845 * Below "XXX" means that this function may unlock the current line.
4846 */
4847
4848static char_u *cin_skipcomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4849static int cin_nocode __ARGS((char_u *));
4850static pos_T *find_line_comment __ARGS((void));
4851static int cin_islabel_skip __ARGS((char_u **));
4852static int cin_isdefault __ARGS((char_u *));
4853static char_u *after_label __ARGS((char_u *l));
4854static int get_indent_nolabel __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
4855static int skip_label __ARGS((linenr_T, char_u **pp, int ind_maxcomment));
4856static int cin_first_id_amount __ARGS((void));
4857static int cin_get_equal_amount __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
4858static int cin_ispreproc __ARGS((char_u *));
4859static int cin_ispreproc_cont __ARGS((char_u **pp, linenr_T *lnump));
4860static int cin_iscomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4861static int cin_islinecomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4862static int cin_isterminated __ARGS((char_u *, int, int));
4863static int cin_isinit __ARGS((void));
4864static int cin_isfuncdecl __ARGS((char_u **, linenr_T));
4865static int cin_isif __ARGS((char_u *));
4866static int cin_iselse __ARGS((char_u *));
4867static int cin_isdo __ARGS((char_u *));
4868static int cin_iswhileofdo __ARGS((char_u *, linenr_T, int));
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004869static int cin_iswhileofdo_end __ARGS((int terminated, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004870static int cin_isbreak __ARGS((char_u *));
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00004871static int cin_is_cpp_baseclass __ARGS((colnr_T *col));
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00004872static int get_baseclass_amount __ARGS((int col, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment, int ind_cpp_baseclass));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004873static int cin_ends_in __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, char_u *));
4874static int cin_skip2pos __ARGS((pos_T *trypos));
4875static pos_T *find_start_brace __ARGS((int));
4876static pos_T *find_match_paren __ARGS((int, int));
4877static int corr_ind_maxparen __ARGS((int ind_maxparen, pos_T *startpos));
4878static int find_last_paren __ARGS((char_u *l, int start, int end));
4879static int find_match __ARGS((int lookfor, linenr_T ourscope, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
4880
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004881static int ind_hash_comment = 0; /* # starts a comment */
4882
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004883/*
4884 * Skip over white space and C comments within the line.
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004885 * Also skip over Perl/shell comments if desired.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004886 */
4887 static char_u *
4888cin_skipcomment(s)
4889 char_u *s;
4890{
4891 while (*s)
4892 {
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004893 char_u *prev_s = s;
4894
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004895 s = skipwhite(s);
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004896
4897 /* Perl/shell # comment comment continues until eol. Require a space
4898 * before # to avoid recognizing $#array. */
4899 if (ind_hash_comment != 0 && s != prev_s && *s == '#')
4900 {
4901 s += STRLEN(s);
4902 break;
4903 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004904 if (*s != '/')
4905 break;
4906 ++s;
4907 if (*s == '/') /* slash-slash comment continues till eol */
4908 {
4909 s += STRLEN(s);
4910 break;
4911 }
4912 if (*s != '*')
4913 break;
4914 for (++s; *s; ++s) /* skip slash-star comment */
4915 if (s[0] == '*' && s[1] == '/')
4916 {
4917 s += 2;
4918 break;
4919 }
4920 }
4921 return s;
4922}
4923
4924/*
4925 * Return TRUE if there there is no code at *s. White space and comments are
4926 * not considered code.
4927 */
4928 static int
4929cin_nocode(s)
4930 char_u *s;
4931{
4932 return *cin_skipcomment(s) == NUL;
4933}
4934
4935/*
4936 * Check previous lines for a "//" line comment, skipping over blank lines.
4937 */
4938 static pos_T *
4939find_line_comment() /* XXX */
4940{
4941 static pos_T pos;
4942 char_u *line;
4943 char_u *p;
4944
4945 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
4946 while (--pos.lnum > 0)
4947 {
4948 line = ml_get(pos.lnum);
4949 p = skipwhite(line);
4950 if (cin_islinecomment(p))
4951 {
4952 pos.col = (int)(p - line);
4953 return &pos;
4954 }
4955 if (*p != NUL)
4956 break;
4957 }
4958 return NULL;
4959}
4960
4961/*
4962 * Check if string matches "label:"; move to character after ':' if true.
4963 */
4964 static int
4965cin_islabel_skip(s)
4966 char_u **s;
4967{
4968 if (!vim_isIDc(**s)) /* need at least one ID character */
4969 return FALSE;
4970
4971 while (vim_isIDc(**s))
4972 (*s)++;
4973
4974 *s = cin_skipcomment(*s);
4975
4976 /* "::" is not a label, it's C++ */
4977 return (**s == ':' && *++*s != ':');
4978}
4979
4980/*
4981 * Recognize a label: "label:".
4982 * Note: curwin->w_cursor must be where we are looking for the label.
4983 */
4984 int
4985cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
4986 int ind_maxcomment;
4987{
4988 char_u *s;
4989
4990 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
4991
4992 /*
4993 * Exclude "default" from labels, since it should be indented
4994 * like a switch label. Same for C++ scope declarations.
4995 */
4996 if (cin_isdefault(s))
4997 return FALSE;
4998 if (cin_isscopedecl(s))
4999 return FALSE;
5000
5001 if (cin_islabel_skip(&s))
5002 {
5003 /*
5004 * Only accept a label if the previous line is terminated or is a case
5005 * label.
5006 */
5007 pos_T cursor_save;
5008 pos_T *trypos;
5009 char_u *line;
5010
5011 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5012 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
5013 {
5014 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5015
5016 /*
5017 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
5018 */
5019 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5020 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
5021 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5022
5023 line = ml_get_curline();
5024 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) /* ignore #defines, #if, etc. */
5025 continue;
5026 if (*(line = cin_skipcomment(line)) == NUL)
5027 continue;
5028
5029 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5030 if (cin_isterminated(line, TRUE, FALSE)
5031 || cin_isscopedecl(line)
5032 || cin_iscase(line)
5033 || (cin_islabel_skip(&line) && cin_nocode(line)))
5034 return TRUE;
5035 return FALSE;
5036 }
5037 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5038 return TRUE; /* label at start of file??? */
5039 }
5040 return FALSE;
5041}
5042
5043/*
5044 * Recognize structure initialization and enumerations.
5045 * Q&D-Implementation:
5046 * check for "=" at end or "[typedef] enum" at beginning of line.
5047 */
5048 static int
5049cin_isinit(void)
5050{
5051 char_u *s;
5052
5053 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
5054
5055 if (STRNCMP(s, "typedef", 7) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[7]))
5056 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7);
5057
5058 if (STRNCMP(s, "enum", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
5059 return TRUE;
5060
5061 if (cin_ends_in(s, (char_u *)"=", (char_u *)"{"))
5062 return TRUE;
5063
5064 return FALSE;
5065}
5066
5067/*
5068 * Recognize a switch label: "case .*:" or "default:".
5069 */
5070 int
5071cin_iscase(s)
5072 char_u *s;
5073{
5074 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5075 if (STRNCMP(s, "case", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
5076 {
5077 for (s += 4; *s; ++s)
5078 {
5079 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5080 if (*s == ':')
5081 {
5082 if (s[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
5083 ++s;
5084 else
5085 return TRUE;
5086 }
5087 if (*s == '\'' && s[1] && s[2] == '\'')
5088 s += 2; /* skip over '.' */
5089 else if (*s == '/' && (s[1] == '*' || s[1] == '/'))
5090 return FALSE; /* stop at comment */
5091 else if (*s == '"')
5092 return FALSE; /* stop at string */
5093 }
5094 return FALSE;
5095 }
5096
5097 if (cin_isdefault(s))
5098 return TRUE;
5099 return FALSE;
5100}
5101
5102/*
5103 * Recognize a "default" switch label.
5104 */
5105 static int
5106cin_isdefault(s)
5107 char_u *s;
5108{
5109 return (STRNCMP(s, "default", 7) == 0
5110 && *(s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7)) == ':'
5111 && s[1] != ':');
5112}
5113
5114/*
5115 * Recognize a "public/private/proctected" scope declaration label.
5116 */
5117 int
5118cin_isscopedecl(s)
5119 char_u *s;
5120{
5121 int i;
5122
5123 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5124 if (STRNCMP(s, "public", 6) == 0)
5125 i = 6;
5126 else if (STRNCMP(s, "protected", 9) == 0)
5127 i = 9;
5128 else if (STRNCMP(s, "private", 7) == 0)
5129 i = 7;
5130 else
5131 return FALSE;
5132 return (*(s = cin_skipcomment(s + i)) == ':' && s[1] != ':');
5133}
5134
5135/*
5136 * Return a pointer to the first non-empty non-comment character after a ':'.
5137 * Return NULL if not found.
5138 * case 234: a = b;
5139 * ^
5140 */
5141 static char_u *
5142after_label(l)
5143 char_u *l;
5144{
5145 for ( ; *l; ++l)
5146 {
5147 if (*l == ':')
5148 {
5149 if (l[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
5150 ++l;
5151 else if (!cin_iscase(l + 1))
5152 break;
5153 }
5154 else if (*l == '\'' && l[1] && l[2] == '\'')
5155 l += 2; /* skip over 'x' */
5156 }
5157 if (*l == NUL)
5158 return NULL;
5159 l = cin_skipcomment(l + 1);
5160 if (*l == NUL)
5161 return NULL;
5162 return l;
5163}
5164
5165/*
5166 * Get indent of line "lnum", skipping a label.
5167 * Return 0 if there is nothing after the label.
5168 */
5169 static int
5170get_indent_nolabel(lnum) /* XXX */
5171 linenr_T lnum;
5172{
5173 char_u *l;
5174 pos_T fp;
5175 colnr_T col;
5176 char_u *p;
5177
5178 l = ml_get(lnum);
5179 p = after_label(l);
5180 if (p == NULL)
5181 return 0;
5182
5183 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - l);
5184 fp.lnum = lnum;
5185 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5186 return (int)col;
5187}
5188
5189/*
5190 * Find indent for line "lnum", ignoring any case or jump label.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005191 * Also return a pointer to the text (after the label) in "pp".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005192 * label: if (asdf && asdfasdf)
5193 * ^
5194 */
5195 static int
5196skip_label(lnum, pp, ind_maxcomment)
5197 linenr_T lnum;
5198 char_u **pp;
5199 int ind_maxcomment;
5200{
5201 char_u *l;
5202 int amount;
5203 pos_T cursor_save;
5204
5205 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5206 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5207 l = ml_get_curline();
5208 /* XXX */
5209 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l) || cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
5210 {
5211 amount = get_indent_nolabel(lnum);
5212 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
5213 if (l == NULL) /* just in case */
5214 l = ml_get_curline();
5215 }
5216 else
5217 {
5218 amount = get_indent();
5219 l = ml_get_curline();
5220 }
5221 *pp = l;
5222
5223 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5224 return amount;
5225}
5226
5227/*
5228 * Return the indent of the first variable name after a type in a declaration.
5229 * int a, indent of "a"
5230 * static struct foo b, indent of "b"
5231 * enum bla c, indent of "c"
5232 * Returns zero when it doesn't look like a declaration.
5233 */
5234 static int
5235cin_first_id_amount()
5236{
5237 char_u *line, *p, *s;
5238 int len;
5239 pos_T fp;
5240 colnr_T col;
5241
5242 line = ml_get_curline();
5243 p = skipwhite(line);
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00005244 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005245 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "static", 6) == 0)
5246 {
5247 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005248 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005249 }
5250 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "struct", 6) == 0)
5251 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
5252 else if (len == 4 && STRNCMP(p, "enum", 4) == 0)
5253 p = skipwhite(p + 4);
5254 else if ((len == 8 && STRNCMP(p, "unsigned", 8) == 0)
5255 || (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "signed", 6) == 0))
5256 {
5257 s = skipwhite(p + len);
5258 if ((STRNCMP(s, "int", 3) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[3]))
5259 || (STRNCMP(s, "long", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4]))
5260 || (STRNCMP(s, "short", 5) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[5]))
5261 || (STRNCMP(s, "char", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4])))
5262 p = s;
5263 }
5264 for (len = 0; vim_isIDc(p[len]); ++len)
5265 ;
5266 if (len == 0 || !vim_iswhite(p[len]) || cin_nocode(p))
5267 return 0;
5268
5269 p = skipwhite(p + len);
5270 fp.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5271 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - line);
5272 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5273 return (int)col;
5274}
5275
5276/*
5277 * Return the indent of the first non-blank after an equal sign.
5278 * char *foo = "here";
5279 * Return zero if no (useful) equal sign found.
5280 * Return -1 if the line above "lnum" ends in a backslash.
5281 * foo = "asdf\
5282 * asdf\
5283 * here";
5284 */
5285 static int
5286cin_get_equal_amount(lnum)
5287 linenr_T lnum;
5288{
5289 char_u *line;
5290 char_u *s;
5291 colnr_T col;
5292 pos_T fp;
5293
5294 if (lnum > 1)
5295 {
5296 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
5297 if (*line != NUL && line[STRLEN(line) - 1] == '\\')
5298 return -1;
5299 }
5300
5301 line = s = ml_get(lnum);
5302 while (*s != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)"=;{}\"'", *s) == NULL)
5303 {
5304 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5305 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5306 else
5307 ++s;
5308 }
5309 if (*s != '=')
5310 return 0;
5311
5312 s = skipwhite(s + 1);
5313 if (cin_nocode(s))
5314 return 0;
5315
5316 if (*s == '"') /* nice alignment for continued strings */
5317 ++s;
5318
5319 fp.lnum = lnum;
5320 fp.col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
5321 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5322 return (int)col;
5323}
5324
5325/*
5326 * Recognize a preprocessor statement: Any line that starts with '#'.
5327 */
5328 static int
5329cin_ispreproc(s)
5330 char_u *s;
5331{
5332 s = skipwhite(s);
5333 if (*s == '#')
5334 return TRUE;
5335 return FALSE;
5336}
5337
5338/*
5339 * Return TRUE if line "*pp" at "*lnump" is a preprocessor statement or a
5340 * continuation line of a preprocessor statement. Decrease "*lnump" to the
5341 * start and return the line in "*pp".
5342 */
5343 static int
5344cin_ispreproc_cont(pp, lnump)
5345 char_u **pp;
5346 linenr_T *lnump;
5347{
5348 char_u *line = *pp;
5349 linenr_T lnum = *lnump;
5350 int retval = FALSE;
5351
Bram Moolenaard8e9bb22005-07-09 21:14:46 +00005352 for (;;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005353 {
5354 if (cin_ispreproc(line))
5355 {
5356 retval = TRUE;
5357 *lnump = lnum;
5358 break;
5359 }
5360 if (lnum == 1)
5361 break;
5362 line = ml_get(--lnum);
5363 if (*line == NUL || line[STRLEN(line) - 1] != '\\')
5364 break;
5365 }
5366
5367 if (lnum != *lnump)
5368 *pp = ml_get(*lnump);
5369 return retval;
5370}
5371
5372/*
5373 * Recognize the start of a C or C++ comment.
5374 */
5375 static int
5376cin_iscomment(p)
5377 char_u *p;
5378{
5379 return (p[0] == '/' && (p[1] == '*' || p[1] == '/'));
5380}
5381
5382/*
5383 * Recognize the start of a "//" comment.
5384 */
5385 static int
5386cin_islinecomment(p)
5387 char_u *p;
5388{
5389 return (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '/');
5390}
5391
5392/*
5393 * Recognize a line that starts with '{' or '}', or ends with ';', '{' or '}'.
5394 * Don't consider "} else" a terminated line.
5395 * Return the character terminating the line (ending char's have precedence if
5396 * both apply in order to determine initializations).
5397 */
5398 static int
5399cin_isterminated(s, incl_open, incl_comma)
5400 char_u *s;
5401 int incl_open; /* include '{' at the end as terminator */
5402 int incl_comma; /* recognize a trailing comma */
5403{
5404 char_u found_start = 0;
5405
5406 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5407
5408 if (*s == '{' || (*s == '}' && !cin_iselse(s)))
5409 found_start = *s;
5410
5411 while (*s)
5412 {
5413 /* skip over comments, "" strings and 'c'haracters */
5414 s = skip_string(cin_skipcomment(s));
5415 if ((*s == ';' || (incl_open && *s == '{') || *s == '}'
5416 || (incl_comma && *s == ','))
5417 && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5418 return *s;
5419
5420 if (*s)
5421 s++;
5422 }
5423 return found_start;
5424}
5425
5426/*
5427 * Recognize the basic picture of a function declaration -- it needs to
5428 * have an open paren somewhere and a close paren at the end of the line and
5429 * no semicolons anywhere.
5430 * When a line ends in a comma we continue looking in the next line.
5431 * "sp" points to a string with the line. When looking at other lines it must
5432 * be restored to the line. When it's NULL fetch lines here.
5433 * "lnum" is where we start looking.
5434 */
5435 static int
5436cin_isfuncdecl(sp, first_lnum)
5437 char_u **sp;
5438 linenr_T first_lnum;
5439{
5440 char_u *s;
5441 linenr_T lnum = first_lnum;
5442 int retval = FALSE;
5443
5444 if (sp == NULL)
5445 s = ml_get(lnum);
5446 else
5447 s = *sp;
5448
5449 while (*s && *s != '(' && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
5450 {
5451 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5452 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5453 else
5454 ++s;
5455 }
5456 if (*s != '(')
5457 return FALSE; /* ';', ' or " before any () or no '(' */
5458
5459 while (*s && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
5460 {
5461 if (*s == ')' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5462 {
5463 /* ')' at the end: may have found a match
5464 * Check for he previous line not to end in a backslash:
5465 * #if defined(x) && \
5466 * defined(y)
5467 */
5468 lnum = first_lnum - 1;
5469 s = ml_get(lnum);
5470 if (*s == NUL || s[STRLEN(s) - 1] != '\\')
5471 retval = TRUE;
5472 goto done;
5473 }
5474 if (*s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5475 {
5476 /* ',' at the end: continue looking in the next line */
5477 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
5478 break;
5479
5480 s = ml_get(++lnum);
5481 }
5482 else if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5483 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5484 else
5485 ++s;
5486 }
5487
5488done:
5489 if (lnum != first_lnum && sp != NULL)
5490 *sp = ml_get(first_lnum);
5491
5492 return retval;
5493}
5494
5495 static int
5496cin_isif(p)
5497 char_u *p;
5498{
5499 return (STRNCMP(p, "if", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
5500}
5501
5502 static int
5503cin_iselse(p)
5504 char_u *p;
5505{
5506 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} else" */
5507 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
5508 return (STRNCMP(p, "else", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[4]));
5509}
5510
5511 static int
5512cin_isdo(p)
5513 char_u *p;
5514{
5515 return (STRNCMP(p, "do", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
5516}
5517
5518/*
5519 * Check if this is a "while" that should have a matching "do".
5520 * We only accept a "while (condition) ;", with only white space between the
5521 * ')' and ';'. The condition may be spread over several lines.
5522 */
5523 static int
5524cin_iswhileofdo(p, lnum, ind_maxparen) /* XXX */
5525 char_u *p;
5526 linenr_T lnum;
5527 int ind_maxparen;
5528{
5529 pos_T cursor_save;
5530 pos_T *trypos;
5531 int retval = FALSE;
5532
5533 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5534 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
5535 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
5536 if (STRNCMP(p, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]))
5537 {
5538 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5539 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5540 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5541 p = ml_get_curline();
5542 while (*p && *p != 'w') /* skip any '}', until the 'w' of the "while" */
5543 {
5544 ++p;
5545 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
5546 }
5547 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, 0, 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL
5548 && *cin_skipcomment(ml_get_pos(trypos) + 1) == ';')
5549 retval = TRUE;
5550 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5551 }
5552 return retval;
5553}
5554
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005555/*
5556 * Return TRUE if we are at the end of a do-while.
5557 * do
5558 * nothing;
5559 * while (foo
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005560 * && bar); <-- here
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005561 * Adjust the cursor to the line with "while".
5562 */
5563 static int
5564cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
5565 int terminated;
5566 int ind_maxparen;
5567 int ind_maxcomment;
5568{
5569 char_u *line;
5570 char_u *p;
5571 char_u *s;
5572 pos_T *trypos;
5573 int i;
5574
5575 if (terminated != ';') /* there must be a ';' at the end */
5576 return FALSE;
5577
5578 p = line = ml_get_curline();
5579 while (*p != NUL)
5580 {
5581 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5582 if (*p == ')')
5583 {
5584 s = skipwhite(p + 1);
5585 if (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5586 {
5587 /* Found ");" at end of the line, now check there is "while"
5588 * before the matching '('. XXX */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00005589 i = (int)(p - line);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005590 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
5591 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment);
5592 if (trypos != NULL)
5593 {
5594 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get(trypos->lnum));
5595 if (*s == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
5596 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5597 if (STRNCMP(s, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
5598 {
5599 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
5600 return TRUE;
5601 }
5602 }
5603
5604 /* Searching may have made "line" invalid, get it again. */
5605 line = ml_get_curline();
5606 p = line + i;
5607 }
5608 }
5609 if (*p != NUL)
5610 ++p;
5611 }
5612 return FALSE;
5613}
5614
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005615 static int
5616cin_isbreak(p)
5617 char_u *p;
5618{
5619 return (STRNCMP(p, "break", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]));
5620}
5621
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005622/*
5623 * Find the position of a C++ base-class declaration or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005624 * constructor-initialization. eg:
5625 *
5626 * class MyClass :
5627 * baseClass <-- here
5628 * class MyClass : public baseClass,
5629 * anotherBaseClass <-- here (should probably lineup ??)
5630 * MyClass::MyClass(...) :
5631 * baseClass(...) <-- here (constructor-initialization)
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00005632 *
5633 * This is a lot of guessing. Watch out for "cond ? func() : foo".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005634 */
5635 static int
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005636cin_is_cpp_baseclass(col)
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005637 colnr_T *col; /* return: column to align with */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005638{
5639 char_u *s;
5640 int class_or_struct, lookfor_ctor_init, cpp_base_class;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005641 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005642 char_u *line = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005643
5644 *col = 0;
5645
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00005646 s = skipwhite(line);
5647 if (*s == '#') /* skip #define FOO x ? (x) : x */
5648 return FALSE;
5649 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005650 if (*s == NUL)
5651 return FALSE;
5652
5653 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5654
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005655 /* Search for a line starting with '#', empty, ending in ';' or containing
5656 * '{' or '}' and start below it. This handles the following situations:
5657 * a = cond ?
5658 * func() :
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005659 * asdf;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005660 * func::foo()
5661 * : something
5662 * {}
5663 * Foo::Foo (int one, int two)
5664 * : something(4),
5665 * somethingelse(3)
5666 * {}
5667 */
5668 while (lnum > 1)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005669 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005670 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
5671 s = skipwhite(line);
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005672 if (*s == '#' || *s == NUL)
5673 break;
5674 while (*s != NUL)
5675 {
5676 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5677 if (*s == '{' || *s == '}'
5678 || (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1)))
5679 break;
5680 if (*s != NUL)
5681 ++s;
5682 }
5683 if (*s != NUL)
5684 break;
5685 --lnum;
5686 }
5687
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005688 line = ml_get(lnum);
5689 s = cin_skipcomment(line);
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005690 for (;;)
5691 {
5692 if (*s == NUL)
5693 {
5694 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
5695 break;
5696 /* Continue in the cursor line. */
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005697 line = ml_get(++lnum);
5698 s = cin_skipcomment(line);
5699 if (*s == NUL)
5700 continue;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005701 }
5702
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005703 if (s[0] == ':')
5704 {
5705 if (s[1] == ':')
5706 {
5707 /* skip double colon. It can't be a constructor
5708 * initialization any more */
5709 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5710 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 2);
5711 }
5712 else if (lookfor_ctor_init || class_or_struct)
5713 {
5714 /* we have something found, that looks like the start of
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00005715 * cpp-base-class-declaration or constructor-initialization */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005716 cpp_base_class = TRUE;
5717 lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5718 *col = 0;
5719 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5720 }
5721 else
5722 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5723 }
5724 else if ((STRNCMP(s, "class", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
5725 || (STRNCMP(s, "struct", 6) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[6])))
5726 {
5727 class_or_struct = TRUE;
5728 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5729
5730 if (*s == 'c')
5731 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 5);
5732 else
5733 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 6);
5734 }
5735 else
5736 {
5737 if (s[0] == '{' || s[0] == '}' || s[0] == ';')
5738 {
5739 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5740 }
5741 else if (s[0] == ')')
5742 {
5743 /* Constructor-initialization is assumed if we come across
5744 * something like "):" */
5745 class_or_struct = FALSE;
5746 lookfor_ctor_init = TRUE;
5747 }
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00005748 else if (s[0] == '?')
5749 {
5750 /* Avoid seeing '() :' after '?' as constructor init. */
5751 return FALSE;
5752 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005753 else if (!vim_isIDc(s[0]))
5754 {
5755 /* if it is not an identifier, we are wrong */
5756 class_or_struct = FALSE;
5757 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5758 }
5759 else if (*col == 0)
5760 {
5761 /* it can't be a constructor-initialization any more */
5762 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5763
5764 /* the first statement starts here: lineup with this one... */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005765 if (cpp_base_class)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005766 *col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
5767 }
5768
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005769 /* When the line ends in a comma don't align with it. */
5770 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && *s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5771 *col = 0;
5772
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005773 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5774 }
5775 }
5776
5777 return cpp_base_class;
5778}
5779
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005780 static int
5781get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass)
5782 int col;
5783 int ind_maxparen;
5784 int ind_maxcomment;
5785 int ind_cpp_baseclass;
5786{
5787 int amount;
5788 colnr_T vcol;
5789 pos_T *trypos;
5790
5791 if (col == 0)
5792 {
5793 amount = get_indent();
5794 if (find_last_paren(ml_get_curline(), '(', ')')
5795 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
5796 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
5797 amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum); /* XXX */
5798 if (!cin_ends_in(ml_get_curline(), (char_u *)",", NULL))
5799 amount += ind_cpp_baseclass;
5800 }
5801 else
5802 {
5803 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
5804 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
5805 amount = (int)vcol;
5806 }
5807 if (amount < ind_cpp_baseclass)
5808 amount = ind_cpp_baseclass;
5809 return amount;
5810}
5811
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005812/*
5813 * Return TRUE if string "s" ends with the string "find", possibly followed by
5814 * white space and comments. Skip strings and comments.
5815 * Ignore "ignore" after "find" if it's not NULL.
5816 */
5817 static int
5818cin_ends_in(s, find, ignore)
5819 char_u *s;
5820 char_u *find;
5821 char_u *ignore;
5822{
5823 char_u *p = s;
5824 char_u *r;
5825 int len = (int)STRLEN(find);
5826
5827 while (*p != NUL)
5828 {
5829 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5830 if (STRNCMP(p, find, len) == 0)
5831 {
5832 r = skipwhite(p + len);
5833 if (ignore != NULL && STRNCMP(r, ignore, STRLEN(ignore)) == 0)
5834 r = skipwhite(r + STRLEN(ignore));
5835 if (cin_nocode(r))
5836 return TRUE;
5837 }
5838 if (*p != NUL)
5839 ++p;
5840 }
5841 return FALSE;
5842}
5843
5844/*
5845 * Skip strings, chars and comments until at or past "trypos".
5846 * Return the column found.
5847 */
5848 static int
5849cin_skip2pos(trypos)
5850 pos_T *trypos;
5851{
5852 char_u *line;
5853 char_u *p;
5854
5855 p = line = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
5856 while (*p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < trypos->col)
5857 {
5858 if (cin_iscomment(p))
5859 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5860 else
5861 {
5862 p = skip_string(p);
5863 ++p;
5864 }
5865 }
5866 return (int)(p - line);
5867}
5868
5869/*
5870 * Find the '{' at the start of the block we are in.
5871 * Return NULL if no match found.
5872 * Ignore a '{' that is in a comment, makes indenting the next three lines
5873 * work. */
5874/* foo() */
5875/* { */
5876/* } */
5877
5878 static pos_T *
5879find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5880 int ind_maxcomment;
5881{
5882 pos_T cursor_save;
5883 pos_T *trypos;
5884 pos_T *pos;
5885 static pos_T pos_copy;
5886
5887 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5888 while ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '{', FM_BLOCKSTOP, 0)) != NULL)
5889 {
5890 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy pos_T, next findmatch will change it */
5891 trypos = &pos_copy;
5892 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5893 pos = NULL;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005894 /* ignore the { if it's in a // or / * * / comment */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005895 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) == trypos->col
5896 && (pos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) == NULL) /* XXX */
5897 break;
5898 if (pos != NULL)
5899 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
5900 }
5901 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5902 return trypos;
5903}
5904
5905/*
5906 * Find the matching '(', failing if it is in a comment.
5907 * Return NULL of no match found.
5908 */
5909 static pos_T *
5910find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5911 int ind_maxparen;
5912 int ind_maxcomment;
5913{
5914 pos_T cursor_save;
5915 pos_T *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005916 static pos_T pos_copy;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005917
5918 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5919 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '(', 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL)
5920 {
5921 /* check if the ( is in a // comment */
5922 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) > trypos->col)
5923 trypos = NULL;
5924 else
5925 {
5926 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy trypos, findmatch will change it */
5927 trypos = &pos_copy;
5928 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5929 if (find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) != NULL) /* XXX */
5930 trypos = NULL;
5931 }
5932 }
5933 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5934 return trypos;
5935}
5936
5937/*
5938 * Return ind_maxparen corrected for the difference in line number between the
5939 * cursor position and "startpos". This makes sure that searching for a
5940 * matching paren above the cursor line doesn't find a match because of
5941 * looking a few lines further.
5942 */
5943 static int
5944corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, startpos)
5945 int ind_maxparen;
5946 pos_T *startpos;
5947{
5948 long n = (long)startpos->lnum - (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5949
5950 if (n > 0 && n < ind_maxparen / 2)
5951 return ind_maxparen - (int)n;
5952 return ind_maxparen;
5953}
5954
5955/*
5956 * Set w_cursor.col to the column number of the last unmatched ')' or '{' in
5957 * line "l".
5958 */
5959 static int
5960find_last_paren(l, start, end)
5961 char_u *l;
5962 int start, end;
5963{
5964 int i;
5965 int retval = FALSE;
5966 int open_count = 0;
5967
5968 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* default is start of line */
5969
5970 for (i = 0; l[i]; i++)
5971 {
5972 i = (int)(cin_skipcomment(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in comments */
5973 i = (int)(skip_string(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in quotes */
5974 if (l[i] == start)
5975 ++open_count;
5976 else if (l[i] == end)
5977 {
5978 if (open_count > 0)
5979 --open_count;
5980 else
5981 {
5982 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
5983 retval = TRUE;
5984 }
5985 }
5986 }
5987 return retval;
5988}
5989
5990 int
5991get_c_indent()
5992{
5993 /*
5994 * spaces from a block's opening brace the prevailing indent for that
5995 * block should be
5996 */
5997 int ind_level = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5998
5999 /*
6000 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace that's at the end of a
6001 * line is imagined to be.
6002 */
6003 int ind_open_imag = 0;
6004
6005 /*
6006 * spaces from the prevailing indent for a line that is not precededof by
6007 * an opening brace.
6008 */
6009 int ind_no_brace = 0;
6010
6011 /*
6012 * column where the first { of a function should be located }
6013 */
6014 int ind_first_open = 0;
6015
6016 /*
6017 * spaces from the prevailing indent a leftmost open brace should be
6018 * located
6019 */
6020 int ind_open_extra = 0;
6021
6022 /*
6023 * spaces from the matching open brace (real location for one at the left
6024 * edge; imaginary location from one that ends a line) the matching close
6025 * brace should be located
6026 */
6027 int ind_close_extra = 0;
6028
6029 /*
6030 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace sitting in the leftmost
6031 * column is imagined to be
6032 */
6033 int ind_open_left_imag = 0;
6034
6035 /*
6036 * spaces from the switch() indent a "case xx" label should be located
6037 */
6038 int ind_case = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6039
6040 /*
6041 * spaces from the "case xx:" code after a switch() should be located
6042 */
6043 int ind_case_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6044
6045 /*
6046 * lineup break at end of case in switch() with case label
6047 */
6048 int ind_case_break = 0;
6049
6050 /*
6051 * spaces from the class declaration indent a scope declaration label
6052 * should be located
6053 */
6054 int ind_scopedecl = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6055
6056 /*
6057 * spaces from the scope declaration label code should be located
6058 */
6059 int ind_scopedecl_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6060
6061 /*
6062 * amount K&R-style parameters should be indented
6063 */
6064 int ind_param = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6065
6066 /*
6067 * amount a function type spec should be indented
6068 */
6069 int ind_func_type = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6070
6071 /*
6072 * amount a cpp base class declaration or constructor initialization
6073 * should be indented
6074 */
6075 int ind_cpp_baseclass = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6076
6077 /*
6078 * additional spaces beyond the prevailing indent a continuation line
6079 * should be located
6080 */
6081 int ind_continuation = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6082
6083 /*
6084 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses
6085 */
6086 int ind_unclosed = curbuf->b_p_sw * 2;
6087
6088 /*
6089 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses, which
6090 * itself is also unclosed
6091 */
6092 int ind_unclosed2 = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6093
6094 /*
6095 * suppress ignoring spaces from the indent of a line starting with an
6096 * unclosed parentheses.
6097 */
6098 int ind_unclosed_noignore = 0;
6099
6100 /*
6101 * If the opening paren is the last nonwhite character on the line, and
6102 * ind_unclosed_wrapped is nonzero, use this indent relative to the outer
6103 * context (for very long lines).
6104 */
6105 int ind_unclosed_wrapped = 0;
6106
6107 /*
6108 * suppress ignoring white space when lining up with the character after
6109 * an unclosed parentheses.
6110 */
6111 int ind_unclosed_whiteok = 0;
6112
6113 /*
6114 * indent a closing parentheses under the line start of the matching
6115 * opening parentheses.
6116 */
6117 int ind_matching_paren = 0;
6118
6119 /*
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006120 * indent a closing parentheses under the previous line.
6121 */
6122 int ind_paren_prev = 0;
6123
6124 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006125 * Extra indent for comments.
6126 */
6127 int ind_comment = 0;
6128
6129 /*
6130 * spaces from the comment opener when there is nothing after it.
6131 */
6132 int ind_in_comment = 3;
6133
6134 /*
6135 * boolean: if non-zero, use ind_in_comment even if there is something
6136 * after the comment opener.
6137 */
6138 int ind_in_comment2 = 0;
6139
6140 /*
6141 * max lines to search for an open paren
6142 */
6143 int ind_maxparen = 20;
6144
6145 /*
6146 * max lines to search for an open comment
6147 */
6148 int ind_maxcomment = 70;
6149
6150 /*
6151 * handle braces for java code
6152 */
6153 int ind_java = 0;
6154
6155 /*
6156 * handle blocked cases correctly
6157 */
6158 int ind_keep_case_label = 0;
6159
6160 pos_T cur_curpos;
6161 int amount;
6162 int scope_amount;
Bram Moolenaarb21e5842006-04-16 18:30:08 +00006163 int cur_amount = MAXCOL;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006164 colnr_T col;
6165 char_u *theline;
6166 char_u *linecopy;
6167 pos_T *trypos;
6168 pos_T *tryposBrace = NULL;
6169 pos_T our_paren_pos;
6170 char_u *start;
6171 int start_brace;
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00006172#define BRACE_IN_COL0 1 /* '{' is in column 0 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006173#define BRACE_AT_START 2 /* '{' is at start of line */
6174#define BRACE_AT_END 3 /* '{' is at end of line */
6175 linenr_T ourscope;
6176 char_u *l;
6177 char_u *look;
6178 char_u terminated;
6179 int lookfor;
6180#define LOOKFOR_INITIAL 0
6181#define LOOKFOR_IF 1
6182#define LOOKFOR_DO 2
6183#define LOOKFOR_CASE 3
6184#define LOOKFOR_ANY 4
6185#define LOOKFOR_TERM 5
6186#define LOOKFOR_UNTERM 6
6187#define LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL 7
6188#define LOOKFOR_NOBREAK 8
6189#define LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS 9
6190#define LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT 10
6191
6192 int whilelevel;
6193 linenr_T lnum;
6194 char_u *options;
6195 int fraction = 0; /* init for GCC */
6196 int divider;
6197 int n;
6198 int iscase;
6199 int lookfor_break;
6200 int cont_amount = 0; /* amount for continuation line */
6201
6202 for (options = curbuf->b_p_cino; *options; )
6203 {
6204 l = options++;
6205 if (*options == '-')
6206 ++options;
6207 n = getdigits(&options);
6208 divider = 0;
6209 if (*options == '.') /* ".5s" means a fraction */
6210 {
6211 fraction = atol((char *)++options);
6212 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*options))
6213 {
6214 ++options;
6215 if (divider)
6216 divider *= 10;
6217 else
6218 divider = 10;
6219 }
6220 }
6221 if (*options == 's') /* "2s" means two times 'shiftwidth' */
6222 {
6223 if (n == 0 && fraction == 0)
6224 n = curbuf->b_p_sw; /* just "s" is one 'shiftwidth' */
6225 else
6226 {
6227 n *= curbuf->b_p_sw;
6228 if (divider)
6229 n += (curbuf->b_p_sw * fraction + divider / 2) / divider;
6230 }
6231 ++options;
6232 }
6233 if (l[1] == '-')
6234 n = -n;
6235 /* When adding an entry here, also update the default 'cinoptions' in
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00006236 * doc/indent.txt, and add explanation for it! */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006237 switch (*l)
6238 {
6239 case '>': ind_level = n; break;
6240 case 'e': ind_open_imag = n; break;
6241 case 'n': ind_no_brace = n; break;
6242 case 'f': ind_first_open = n; break;
6243 case '{': ind_open_extra = n; break;
6244 case '}': ind_close_extra = n; break;
6245 case '^': ind_open_left_imag = n; break;
6246 case ':': ind_case = n; break;
6247 case '=': ind_case_code = n; break;
6248 case 'b': ind_case_break = n; break;
6249 case 'p': ind_param = n; break;
6250 case 't': ind_func_type = n; break;
6251 case '/': ind_comment = n; break;
6252 case 'c': ind_in_comment = n; break;
6253 case 'C': ind_in_comment2 = n; break;
6254 case 'i': ind_cpp_baseclass = n; break;
6255 case '+': ind_continuation = n; break;
6256 case '(': ind_unclosed = n; break;
6257 case 'u': ind_unclosed2 = n; break;
6258 case 'U': ind_unclosed_noignore = n; break;
6259 case 'W': ind_unclosed_wrapped = n; break;
6260 case 'w': ind_unclosed_whiteok = n; break;
6261 case 'm': ind_matching_paren = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006262 case 'M': ind_paren_prev = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006263 case ')': ind_maxparen = n; break;
6264 case '*': ind_maxcomment = n; break;
6265 case 'g': ind_scopedecl = n; break;
6266 case 'h': ind_scopedecl_code = n; break;
6267 case 'j': ind_java = n; break;
6268 case 'l': ind_keep_case_label = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00006269 case '#': ind_hash_comment = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006270 }
6271 }
6272
6273 /* remember where the cursor was when we started */
6274 cur_curpos = curwin->w_cursor;
6275
6276 /* Get a copy of the current contents of the line.
6277 * This is required, because only the most recent line obtained with
6278 * ml_get is valid! */
6279 linecopy = vim_strsave(ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum));
6280 if (linecopy == NULL)
6281 return 0;
6282
6283 /*
6284 * In insert mode and the cursor is on a ')' truncate the line at the
6285 * cursor position. We don't want to line up with the matching '(' when
6286 * inserting new stuff.
6287 * For unknown reasons the cursor might be past the end of the line, thus
6288 * check for that.
6289 */
6290 if ((State & INSERT)
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00006291 && curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)STRLEN(linecopy)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006292 && linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] == ')')
6293 linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
6294
6295 theline = skipwhite(linecopy);
6296
6297 /* move the cursor to the start of the line */
6298
6299 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6300
6301 /*
6302 * #defines and so on always go at the left when included in 'cinkeys'.
6303 */
6304 if (*theline == '#' && (*linecopy == '#' || in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE)))
6305 {
6306 amount = 0;
6307 }
6308
6309 /*
6310 * Is it a non-case label? Then that goes at the left margin too.
6311 */
6312 else if (cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment)) /* XXX */
6313 {
6314 amount = 0;
6315 }
6316
6317 /*
6318 * If we're inside a "//" comment and there is a "//" comment in a
6319 * previous line, lineup with that one.
6320 */
6321 else if (cin_islinecomment(theline)
6322 && (trypos = find_line_comment()) != NULL) /* XXX */
6323 {
6324 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
6325 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6326 amount = col;
6327 }
6328
6329 /*
6330 * If we're inside a comment and not looking at the start of the
6331 * comment, try using the 'comments' option.
6332 */
6333 else if (!cin_iscomment(theline)
6334 && (trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
6335 {
6336 int lead_start_len = 2;
6337 int lead_middle_len = 1;
6338 char_u lead_start[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* start-comment string */
6339 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
6340 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
6341 char_u *p;
6342 int start_align = 0;
6343 int start_off = 0;
6344 int done = FALSE;
6345
6346 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
6347 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6348 amount = col;
6349
6350 p = curbuf->b_p_com;
6351 while (*p != NUL)
6352 {
6353 int align = 0;
6354 int off = 0;
6355 int what = 0;
6356
6357 while (*p != NUL && *p != ':')
6358 {
6359 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_END || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
6360 what = *p++;
6361 else if (*p == COM_LEFT || *p == COM_RIGHT)
6362 align = *p++;
6363 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
6364 off = getdigits(&p);
6365 else
6366 ++p;
6367 }
6368
6369 if (*p == ':')
6370 ++p;
6371 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
6372 if (what == COM_START)
6373 {
6374 STRCPY(lead_start, lead_end);
6375 lead_start_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_start);
6376 start_off = off;
6377 start_align = align;
6378 }
6379 else if (what == COM_MIDDLE)
6380 {
6381 STRCPY(lead_middle, lead_end);
6382 lead_middle_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
6383 }
6384 else if (what == COM_END)
6385 {
6386 /* If our line starts with the middle comment string, line it
6387 * up with the comment opener per the 'comments' option. */
6388 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) == 0
6389 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) != 0)
6390 {
6391 done = TRUE;
6392 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
6393 {
6394 /* If the start comment string matches in the previous
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00006395 * line, use the indent of that line plus offset. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006396 * the middle comment string matches in the previous
6397 * line, use the indent of that line. XXX */
6398 look = skipwhite(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1));
6399 if (STRNCMP(look, lead_start, lead_start_len) == 0)
6400 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6401 else if (STRNCMP(look, lead_middle,
6402 lead_middle_len) == 0)
6403 {
6404 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6405 break;
6406 }
6407 /* If the start comment string doesn't match with the
6408 * start of the comment, skip this entry. XXX */
6409 else if (STRNCMP(ml_get(trypos->lnum) + trypos->col,
6410 lead_start, lead_start_len) != 0)
6411 continue;
6412 }
6413 if (start_off != 0)
6414 amount += start_off;
6415 else if (start_align == COM_RIGHT)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00006416 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
6417 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006418 break;
6419 }
6420
6421 /* If our line starts with the end comment string, line it up
6422 * with the middle comment */
6423 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) != 0
6424 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) == 0)
6425 {
6426 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6427 /* XXX */
6428 if (off != 0)
6429 amount += off;
6430 else if (align == COM_RIGHT)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00006431 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
6432 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006433 done = TRUE;
6434 break;
6435 }
6436 }
6437 }
6438
6439 /* If our line starts with an asterisk, line up with the
6440 * asterisk in the comment opener; otherwise, line up
6441 * with the first character of the comment text.
6442 */
6443 if (done)
6444 ;
6445 else if (theline[0] == '*')
6446 amount += 1;
6447 else
6448 {
6449 /*
6450 * If we are more than one line away from the comment opener, take
6451 * the indent of the previous non-empty line. If 'cino' has "CO"
6452 * and we are just below the comment opener and there are any
6453 * white characters after it line up with the text after it;
6454 * otherwise, add the amount specified by "c" in 'cino'
6455 */
6456 amount = -1;
6457 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > trypos->lnum; --lnum)
6458 {
6459 if (linewhite(lnum)) /* skip blank lines */
6460 continue;
6461 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
6462 break;
6463 }
6464 if (amount == -1) /* use the comment opener */
6465 {
6466 if (!ind_in_comment2)
6467 {
6468 start = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
6469 look = start + trypos->col + 2; /* skip / and * */
6470 if (*look != NUL) /* if something after it */
6471 trypos->col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(look) - start);
6472 }
6473 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6474 amount = col;
6475 if (ind_in_comment2 || *look == NUL)
6476 amount += ind_in_comment;
6477 }
6478 }
6479 }
6480
6481 /*
6482 * Are we inside parentheses or braces?
6483 */ /* XXX */
6484 else if (((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
6485 && ind_java == 0)
6486 || (tryposBrace = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
6487 || trypos != NULL)
6488 {
6489 if (trypos != NULL && tryposBrace != NULL)
6490 {
6491 /* Both an unmatched '(' and '{' is found. Use the one which is
6492 * closer to the current cursor position, set the other to NULL. */
6493 if (trypos->lnum != tryposBrace->lnum
6494 ? trypos->lnum < tryposBrace->lnum
6495 : trypos->col < tryposBrace->col)
6496 trypos = NULL;
6497 else
6498 tryposBrace = NULL;
6499 }
6500
6501 if (trypos != NULL)
6502 {
6503 /*
6504 * If the matching paren is more than one line away, use the indent of
6505 * a previous non-empty line that matches the same paren.
6506 */
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006507 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_paren_prev)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006508 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006509 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
6510 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); /* XXX */
6511 }
6512 else
6513 {
6514 amount = -1;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006515 our_paren_pos = *trypos;
6516 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > our_paren_pos.lnum; --lnum)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006517 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006518 l = skipwhite(ml_get(lnum));
6519 if (cin_nocode(l)) /* skip comment lines */
6520 continue;
6521 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &lnum))
6522 continue; /* ignore #define, #if, etc. */
6523 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006524
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006525 /* Skip a comment. XXX */
6526 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6527 {
6528 lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
6529 continue;
6530 }
6531
6532 /* XXX */
6533 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(
6534 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006535 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006536 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
6537 && trypos->col == our_paren_pos.col)
6538 {
6539 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006540
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006541 if (theline[0] == ')')
6542 {
6543 if (our_paren_pos.lnum != lnum
6544 && cur_amount > amount)
6545 cur_amount = amount;
6546 amount = -1;
6547 }
6548 break;
6549 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006550 }
6551 }
6552
6553 /*
6554 * Line up with line where the matching paren is. XXX
6555 * If the line starts with a '(' or the indent for unclosed
6556 * parentheses is zero, line up with the unclosed parentheses.
6557 */
6558 if (amount == -1)
6559 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006560 int ignore_paren_col = 0;
6561
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006562 amount = skip_label(our_paren_pos.lnum, &look, ind_maxcomment);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006563 look = skipwhite(look);
6564 if (*look == '(')
6565 {
6566 linenr_T save_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6567 char_u *line;
6568 int look_col;
6569
6570 /* Ignore a '(' in front of the line that has a match before
6571 * our matching '('. */
6572 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
6573 line = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00006574 look_col = (int)(look - line);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006575 curwin->w_cursor.col = look_col + 1;
6576 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, ')', 0, ind_maxparen))
6577 != NULL
6578 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
6579 && trypos->col < our_paren_pos.col)
6580 ignore_paren_col = trypos->col + 1;
6581
6582 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = save_lnum;
6583 look = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum) + look_col;
6584 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006585 if (theline[0] == ')' || ind_unclosed == 0
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006586 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore && *look == '('
6587 && ignore_paren_col == 0))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006588 {
6589 /*
6590 * If we're looking at a close paren, line up right there;
6591 * otherwise, line up with the next (non-white) character.
6592 * When ind_unclosed_wrapped is set and the matching paren is
6593 * the last nonwhite character of the line, use either the
6594 * indent of the current line or the indentation of the next
6595 * outer paren and add ind_unclosed_wrapped (for very long
6596 * lines).
6597 */
6598 if (theline[0] != ')')
6599 {
6600 cur_amount = MAXCOL;
6601 l = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum);
6602 if (ind_unclosed_wrapped
6603 && cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"(", NULL))
6604 {
6605 /* look for opening unmatched paren, indent one level
6606 * for each additional level */
6607 n = 1;
6608 for (col = 0; col < our_paren_pos.col; ++col)
6609 {
6610 switch (l[col])
6611 {
6612 case '(':
6613 case '{': ++n;
6614 break;
6615
6616 case ')':
6617 case '}': if (n > 1)
6618 --n;
6619 break;
6620 }
6621 }
6622
6623 our_paren_pos.col = 0;
6624 amount += n * ind_unclosed_wrapped;
6625 }
6626 else if (ind_unclosed_whiteok)
6627 our_paren_pos.col++;
6628 else
6629 {
6630 col = our_paren_pos.col + 1;
6631 while (vim_iswhite(l[col]))
6632 col++;
6633 if (l[col] != NUL) /* In case of trailing space */
6634 our_paren_pos.col = col;
6635 else
6636 our_paren_pos.col++;
6637 }
6638 }
6639
6640 /*
6641 * Find how indented the paren is, or the character after it
6642 * if we did the above "if".
6643 */
6644 if (our_paren_pos.col > 0)
6645 {
6646 getvcol(curwin, &our_paren_pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6647 if (cur_amount > (int)col)
6648 cur_amount = col;
6649 }
6650 }
6651
6652 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_matching_paren)
6653 {
6654 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
6655 }
6656 else if (ind_unclosed == 0 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006657 && *look == '(' && ignore_paren_col == 0))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006658 {
6659 if (cur_amount != MAXCOL)
6660 amount = cur_amount;
6661 }
6662 else
6663 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006664 /* Add ind_unclosed2 for each '(' before our matching one, but
6665 * ignore (void) before the line (ignore_paren_col). */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006666 col = our_paren_pos.col;
Bram Moolenaarb21e5842006-04-16 18:30:08 +00006667 while ((int)our_paren_pos.col > ignore_paren_col)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006668 {
6669 --our_paren_pos.col;
6670 switch (*ml_get_pos(&our_paren_pos))
6671 {
6672 case '(': amount += ind_unclosed2;
6673 col = our_paren_pos.col;
6674 break;
6675 case ')': amount -= ind_unclosed2;
6676 col = MAXCOL;
6677 break;
6678 }
6679 }
6680
6681 /* Use ind_unclosed once, when the first '(' is not inside
6682 * braces */
6683 if (col == MAXCOL)
6684 amount += ind_unclosed;
6685 else
6686 {
6687 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
6688 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
6689 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6690 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6691 amount += ind_unclosed2;
6692 else
6693 amount += ind_unclosed;
6694 }
6695 /*
6696 * For a line starting with ')' use the minimum of the two
6697 * positions, to avoid giving it more indent than the previous
6698 * lines:
6699 * func_long_name( if (x
6700 * arg && yy
6701 * ) ^ not here ) ^ not here
6702 */
6703 if (cur_amount < amount)
6704 amount = cur_amount;
6705 }
6706 }
6707
6708 /* add extra indent for a comment */
6709 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
6710 amount += ind_comment;
6711 }
6712
6713 /*
6714 * Are we at least inside braces, then?
6715 */
6716 else
6717 {
6718 trypos = tryposBrace;
6719
6720 ourscope = trypos->lnum;
6721 start = ml_get(ourscope);
6722
6723 /*
6724 * Now figure out how indented the line is in general.
6725 * If the brace was at the start of the line, we use that;
6726 * otherwise, check out the indentation of the line as
6727 * a whole and then add the "imaginary indent" to that.
6728 */
6729 look = skipwhite(start);
6730 if (*look == '{')
6731 {
6732 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6733 amount = col;
6734 if (*start == '{')
6735 start_brace = BRACE_IN_COL0;
6736 else
6737 start_brace = BRACE_AT_START;
6738 }
6739 else
6740 {
6741 /*
6742 * that opening brace might have been on a continuation
6743 * line. if so, find the start of the line.
6744 */
6745 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = ourscope;
6746
6747 /*
6748 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
6749 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
6750 */
6751 lnum = ourscope;
6752 if (find_last_paren(start, '(', ')')
6753 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6754 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6755 lnum = trypos->lnum;
6756
6757 /*
6758 * It could have been something like
6759 * case 1: if (asdf &&
6760 * ldfd) {
6761 * }
6762 */
6763 if (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
6764 amount = get_indent();
6765 else
6766 amount = skip_label(lnum, &l, ind_maxcomment);
6767
6768 start_brace = BRACE_AT_END;
6769 }
6770
6771 /*
6772 * if we're looking at a closing brace, that's where
6773 * we want to be. otherwise, add the amount of room
6774 * that an indent is supposed to be.
6775 */
6776 if (theline[0] == '}')
6777 {
6778 /*
6779 * they may want closing braces to line up with something
6780 * other than the open brace. indulge them, if so.
6781 */
6782 amount += ind_close_extra;
6783 }
6784 else
6785 {
6786 /*
6787 * If we're looking at an "else", try to find an "if"
6788 * to match it with.
6789 * If we're looking at a "while", try to find a "do"
6790 * to match it with.
6791 */
6792 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
6793 if (cin_iselse(theline))
6794 lookfor = LOOKFOR_IF;
6795 else if (cin_iswhileofdo(theline, cur_curpos.lnum, ind_maxparen))
6796 /* XXX */
6797 lookfor = LOOKFOR_DO;
6798 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_INITIAL)
6799 {
6800 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = cur_curpos.lnum;
6801 if (find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen,
6802 ind_maxcomment) == OK)
6803 {
6804 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
6805 goto theend;
6806 }
6807 }
6808
6809 /*
6810 * We get here if we are not on an "while-of-do" or "else" (or
6811 * failed to find a matching "if").
6812 * Search backwards for something to line up with.
6813 * First set amount for when we don't find anything.
6814 */
6815
6816 /*
6817 * if the '{' is _really_ at the left margin, use the imaginary
6818 * location of a left-margin brace. Otherwise, correct the
6819 * location for ind_open_extra.
6820 */
6821
6822 if (start_brace == BRACE_IN_COL0) /* '{' is in column 0 */
6823 {
6824 amount = ind_open_left_imag;
6825 }
6826 else
6827 {
6828 if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_END) /* '{' is at end of line */
6829 amount += ind_open_imag;
6830 else
6831 {
6832 /* Compensate for adding ind_open_extra later. */
6833 amount -= ind_open_extra;
6834 if (amount < 0)
6835 amount = 0;
6836 }
6837 }
6838
6839 lookfor_break = FALSE;
6840
6841 if (cin_iscase(theline)) /* it's a switch() label */
6842 {
6843 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CASE; /* find a previous switch() label */
6844 amount += ind_case;
6845 }
6846 else if (cin_isscopedecl(theline)) /* private:, ... */
6847 {
6848 lookfor = LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL; /* class decl is this block */
6849 amount += ind_scopedecl;
6850 }
6851 else
6852 {
6853 if (ind_case_break && cin_isbreak(theline)) /* break; ... */
6854 lookfor_break = TRUE;
6855
6856 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
6857 amount += ind_level; /* ind_level from start of block */
6858 }
6859 scope_amount = amount;
6860 whilelevel = 0;
6861
6862 /*
6863 * Search backwards. If we find something we recognize, line up
6864 * with that.
6865 *
6866 * if we're looking at an open brace, indent
6867 * the usual amount relative to the conditional
6868 * that opens the block.
6869 */
6870 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
6871 for (;;)
6872 {
6873 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
6874 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6875
6876 /*
6877 * If we went all the way back to the start of our scope, line
6878 * up with it.
6879 */
6880 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= ourscope)
6881 {
6882 /* we reached end of scope:
6883 * if looking for a enum or structure initialization
6884 * go further back:
6885 * if it is an initializer (enum xxx or xxx =), then
6886 * don't add ind_continuation, otherwise it is a variable
6887 * declaration:
6888 * int x,
6889 * here; <-- add ind_continuation
6890 */
6891 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
6892 {
6893 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0
6894 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum
6895 < ourscope - ind_maxparen)
6896 {
6897 /* nothing found (abuse ind_maxparen as limit)
6898 * assume terminated line (i.e. a variable
6899 * initialization) */
6900 if (cont_amount > 0)
6901 amount = cont_amount;
6902 else
6903 amount += ind_continuation;
6904 break;
6905 }
6906
6907 l = ml_get_curline();
6908
6909 /*
6910 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the
6911 * comment.
6912 */
6913 trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment);
6914 if (trypos != NULL)
6915 {
6916 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00006917 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006918 continue;
6919 }
6920
6921 /*
6922 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
6923 */
6924 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
6925 continue;
6926
6927 if (cin_nocode(l))
6928 continue;
6929
6930 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
6931
6932 /*
6933 * If we are at top level and the line looks like a
6934 * function declaration, we are done
6935 * (it's a variable declaration).
6936 */
6937 if (start_brace != BRACE_IN_COL0
6938 || !cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
6939 {
6940 /* if the line is terminated with another ','
6941 * it is a continued variable initialization.
6942 * don't add extra indent.
6943 * TODO: does not work, if a function
6944 * declaration is split over multiple lines:
6945 * cin_isfuncdecl returns FALSE then.
6946 */
6947 if (terminated == ',')
6948 break;
6949
6950 /* if it es a enum declaration or an assignment,
6951 * we are done.
6952 */
6953 if (terminated != ';' && cin_isinit())
6954 break;
6955
6956 /* nothing useful found */
6957 if (terminated == 0 || terminated == '{')
6958 continue;
6959 }
6960
6961 if (terminated != ';')
6962 {
6963 /* Skip parens and braces. Position the cursor
6964 * over the rightmost paren, so that matching it
6965 * will take us back to the start of the line.
6966 */ /* XXX */
6967 trypos = NULL;
6968 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'))
6969 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6970 ind_maxcomment);
6971
6972 if (trypos == NULL && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
6973 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
6974
6975 if (trypos != NULL)
6976 {
6977 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00006978 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006979 continue;
6980 }
6981 }
6982
6983 /* it's a variable declaration, add indentation
6984 * like in
6985 * int a,
6986 * b;
6987 */
6988 if (cont_amount > 0)
6989 amount = cont_amount;
6990 else
6991 amount += ind_continuation;
6992 }
6993 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
6994 {
6995 if (cont_amount > 0)
6996 amount = cont_amount;
6997 else
6998 amount += ind_continuation;
6999 }
7000 else if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
7001 && lookfor != LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7002 {
7003 amount = scope_amount;
7004 if (theline[0] == '{')
7005 amount += ind_open_extra;
7006 }
7007 break;
7008 }
7009
7010 /*
7011 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
7012 */ /* XXX */
7013 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7014 {
7015 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007016 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007017 continue;
7018 }
7019
7020 l = ml_get_curline();
7021
7022 /*
7023 * If this is a switch() label, may line up relative to that.
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007024 * If this is a C++ scope declaration, do the same.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007025 */
7026 iscase = cin_iscase(l);
7027 if (iscase || cin_isscopedecl(l))
7028 {
7029 /* we are only looking for cpp base class
7030 * declaration/initialization any longer */
7031 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7032 break;
7033
7034 /* When looking for a "do" we are not interested in
7035 * labels. */
7036 if (whilelevel > 0)
7037 continue;
7038
7039 /*
7040 * case xx:
7041 * c = 99 + <- this indent plus continuation
7042 *-> here;
7043 */
7044 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7045 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7046 {
7047 if (cont_amount > 0)
7048 amount = cont_amount;
7049 else
7050 amount += ind_continuation;
7051 break;
7052 }
7053
7054 /*
7055 * case xx: <- line up with this case
7056 * x = 333;
7057 * case yy:
7058 */
7059 if ( (iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE)
7060 || (iscase && lookfor_break)
7061 || (!iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL))
7062 {
7063 /*
7064 * Check that this case label is not for another
7065 * switch()
7066 */ /* XXX */
7067 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) ==
7068 NULL || trypos->lnum == ourscope)
7069 {
7070 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7071 break;
7072 }
7073 continue;
7074 }
7075
7076 n = get_indent_nolabel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); /* XXX */
7077
7078 /*
7079 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
7080 * y = y + 1;
7081 * -> s = 99;
7082 *
7083 * case xx:
7084 * if (cond) <- line up with this line
7085 * y = y + 1;
7086 * -> s = 99;
7087 */
7088 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
7089 {
7090 if (n)
7091 amount = n;
7092
7093 if (!lookfor_break)
7094 break;
7095 }
7096
7097 /*
7098 * case xx: x = x + 1; <- line up with this x
7099 * -> y = y + 1;
7100 *
7101 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
7102 * -> y = y + 1;
7103 */
7104 if (n)
7105 {
7106 amount = n;
7107 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
7108 if (l != NULL && cin_is_cinword(l))
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00007109 {
7110 if (theline[0] == '{')
7111 amount += ind_open_extra;
7112 else
7113 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
7114 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007115 break;
7116 }
7117
7118 /*
7119 * Try to get the indent of a statement before the switch
7120 * label. If nothing is found, line up relative to the
7121 * switch label.
7122 * break; <- may line up with this line
7123 * case xx:
7124 * -> y = 1;
7125 */
7126 scope_amount = get_indent() + (iscase /* XXX */
7127 ? ind_case_code : ind_scopedecl_code);
7128 lookfor = ind_case_break ? LOOKFOR_NOBREAK : LOOKFOR_ANY;
7129 continue;
7130 }
7131
7132 /*
7133 * Looking for a switch() label or C++ scope declaration,
7134 * ignore other lines, skip {}-blocks.
7135 */
7136 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE || lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL)
7137 {
7138 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') && (trypos =
7139 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007140 {
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007141 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007142 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7143 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007144 continue;
7145 }
7146
7147 /*
7148 * Ignore jump labels with nothing after them.
7149 */
7150 if (cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
7151 {
7152 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
7153 if (l == NULL || cin_nocode(l))
7154 continue;
7155 }
7156
7157 /*
7158 * Ignore #defines, #if, etc.
7159 * Ignore comment and empty lines.
7160 * (need to get the line again, cin_islabel() may have
7161 * unlocked it)
7162 */
7163 l = ml_get_curline();
7164 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
7165 || cin_nocode(l))
7166 continue;
7167
7168 /*
7169 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
7170 * constructor initialization?
7171 */ /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007172 n = FALSE;
7173 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM && ind_cpp_baseclass > 0)
7174 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00007175 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col);
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007176 l = ml_get_curline();
7177 }
7178 if (n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007179 {
7180 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7181 {
7182 if (cont_amount > 0)
7183 amount = cont_amount;
7184 else
7185 amount += ind_continuation;
7186 }
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007187 else if (theline[0] == '{')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007188 {
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007189 /* Need to find start of the declaration. */
7190 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
7191 ind_continuation = 0;
7192 continue;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007193 }
7194 else
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007195 /* XXX */
7196 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen,
7197 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007198 break;
7199 }
7200 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7201 {
7202 /* only look, whether there is a cpp base class
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007203 * declaration or initialization before the opening brace.
7204 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007205 if (cin_isterminated(l, TRUE, FALSE))
7206 break;
7207 else
7208 continue;
7209 }
7210
7211 /*
7212 * What happens next depends on the line being terminated.
7213 * If terminated with a ',' only consider it terminating if
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00007214 * there is another unterminated statement behind, eg:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007215 * 123,
7216 * sizeof
7217 * here
7218 * Otherwise check whether it is a enumeration or structure
7219 * initialisation (not indented) or a variable declaration
7220 * (indented).
7221 */
7222 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
7223
7224 if (terminated == 0 || (lookfor != LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7225 && terminated == ','))
7226 {
7227 /*
7228 * if we're in the middle of a paren thing,
7229 * go back to the line that starts it so
7230 * we can get the right prevailing indent
7231 * if ( foo &&
7232 * bar )
7233 */
7234 /*
7235 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
7236 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
7237 */
7238 (void)find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
7239 trypos = find_match_paren(
7240 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
7241 ind_maxcomment);
7242
7243 /*
7244 * If we are looking for ',', we also look for matching
7245 * braces.
7246 */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007247 if (trypos == NULL && terminated == ','
7248 && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007249 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
7250
7251 if (trypos != NULL)
7252 {
7253 /*
7254 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
7255 * handled above.
7256 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
7257 * asdf)
7258 */
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007259 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007260 l = ml_get_curline();
7261 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
7262 {
7263 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007264 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007265 continue;
7266 }
7267 }
7268
7269 /*
7270 * Skip over continuation lines to find the one to get the
7271 * indent from
7272 * char *usethis = "bla\
7273 * bla",
7274 * here;
7275 */
7276 if (terminated == ',')
7277 {
7278 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7279 {
7280 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7281 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
7282 break;
7283 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007284 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007285 }
7286 }
7287
7288 /*
7289 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
7290 * ignoring any jump label. XXX
7291 */
7292 cur_amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
7293 &l, ind_maxcomment);
7294
7295 /*
7296 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, and it
7297 * starts with a '{', line it up with this line.
7298 * while (not)
7299 * -> {
7300 * }
7301 */
7302 if (terminated != ',' && lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
7303 && theline[0] == '{')
7304 {
7305 amount = cur_amount;
7306 /*
7307 * Only add ind_open_extra when the current line
7308 * doesn't start with a '{', which must have a match
7309 * in the same line (scope is the same). Probably:
7310 * { 1, 2 },
7311 * -> { 3, 4 }
7312 */
7313 if (*skipwhite(l) != '{')
7314 amount += ind_open_extra;
7315
7316 if (ind_cpp_baseclass)
7317 {
7318 /* have to look back, whether it is a cpp base
7319 * class declaration or initialization */
7320 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
7321 continue;
7322 }
7323 break;
7324 }
7325
7326 /*
7327 * Check if we are after an "if", "while", etc.
7328 * Also allow " } else".
7329 */
7330 if (cin_is_cinword(l) || cin_iselse(skipwhite(l)))
7331 {
7332 /*
7333 * Found an unterminated line after an if (), line up
7334 * with the last one.
7335 * if (cond)
7336 * 100 +
7337 * -> here;
7338 */
7339 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7340 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7341 {
7342 if (cont_amount > 0)
7343 amount = cont_amount;
7344 else
7345 amount += ind_continuation;
7346 break;
7347 }
7348
7349 /*
7350 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, we
7351 * are finished.
7352 * while (not)
7353 * -> here;
7354 * Otherwise this indent can be used when the line
7355 * before this is terminated.
7356 * yyy;
7357 * if (stat)
7358 * while (not)
7359 * xxx;
7360 * -> here;
7361 */
7362 amount = cur_amount;
7363 if (theline[0] == '{')
7364 amount += ind_open_extra;
7365 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
7366 {
7367 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
7368 break;
7369 }
7370
7371 /*
7372 * Special trick: when expecting the while () after a
7373 * do, line up with the while()
7374 * do
7375 * x = 1;
7376 * -> here
7377 */
7378 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline());
7379 if (cin_isdo(l))
7380 {
7381 if (whilelevel == 0)
7382 break;
7383 --whilelevel;
7384 }
7385
7386 /*
7387 * When searching for a terminated line, don't use the
7388 * one between the "if" and the "else".
7389 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
7390 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
7391 */
7392 if (cin_iselse(l)
7393 && whilelevel == 0
7394 && ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7395 == NULL
7396 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
7397 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL))
7398 break;
7399 }
7400
7401 /*
7402 * If we're below an unterminated line that is not an
7403 * "if" or something, we may line up with this line or
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00007404 * add something for a continuation line, depending on
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007405 * the line before this one.
7406 */
7407 else
7408 {
7409 /*
7410 * Found two unterminated lines on a row, line up with
7411 * the last one.
7412 * c = 99 +
7413 * 100 +
7414 * -> here;
7415 */
7416 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7417 {
7418 /* When line ends in a comma add extra indent */
7419 if (terminated == ',')
7420 amount += ind_continuation;
7421 break;
7422 }
7423
7424 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7425 {
7426 /* Found two lines ending in ',', lineup with the
7427 * lowest one, but check for cpp base class
7428 * declaration/initialization, if it is an
7429 * opening brace or we are looking just for
7430 * enumerations/initializations. */
7431 if (terminated == ',')
7432 {
7433 if (ind_cpp_baseclass == 0)
7434 break;
7435
7436 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
7437 continue;
7438 }
7439
7440 /* Ignore unterminated lines in between, but
7441 * reduce indent. */
7442 if (amount > cur_amount)
7443 amount = cur_amount;
7444 }
7445 else
7446 {
7447 /*
7448 * Found first unterminated line on a row, may
7449 * line up with this line, remember its indent
7450 * 100 +
7451 * -> here;
7452 */
7453 amount = cur_amount;
7454
7455 /*
7456 * If previous line ends in ',', check whether we
7457 * are in an initialization or enum
7458 * struct xxx =
7459 * {
7460 * sizeof a,
7461 * 124 };
7462 * or a normal possible continuation line.
7463 * but only, of no other statement has been found
7464 * yet.
7465 */
7466 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL && terminated == ',')
7467 {
7468 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT;
7469 cont_amount = cin_first_id_amount();
7470 }
7471 else
7472 {
7473 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL
7474 && *l != NUL
7475 && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
7476 /* XXX */
7477 cont_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(
7478 curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
7479 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
7480 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
7481 }
7482 }
7483 }
7484 }
7485
7486 /*
7487 * Check if we are after a while (cond);
7488 * If so: Ignore until the matching "do".
7489 */
7490 /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00007491 else if (cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen,
7492 ind_maxcomment))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007493 {
7494 /*
7495 * Found an unterminated line after a while ();, line up
7496 * with the last one.
7497 * while (cond);
7498 * 100 + <- line up with this one
7499 * -> here;
7500 */
7501 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7502 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7503 {
7504 if (cont_amount > 0)
7505 amount = cont_amount;
7506 else
7507 amount += ind_continuation;
7508 break;
7509 }
7510
7511 if (whilelevel == 0)
7512 {
7513 lookfor = LOOKFOR_TERM;
7514 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7515 if (theline[0] == '{')
7516 amount += ind_open_extra;
7517 }
7518 ++whilelevel;
7519 }
7520
7521 /*
7522 * We are after a "normal" statement.
7523 * If we had another statement we can stop now and use the
7524 * indent of that other statement.
7525 * Otherwise the indent of the current statement may be used,
7526 * search backwards for the next "normal" statement.
7527 */
7528 else
7529 {
7530 /*
7531 * Skip single break line, if before a switch label. It
7532 * may be lined up with the case label.
7533 */
7534 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_NOBREAK
7535 && cin_isbreak(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
7536 {
7537 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ANY;
7538 continue;
7539 }
7540
7541 /*
7542 * Handle "do {" line.
7543 */
7544 if (whilelevel > 0)
7545 {
7546 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7547 if (cin_isdo(l))
7548 {
7549 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7550 --whilelevel;
7551 continue;
7552 }
7553 }
7554
7555 /*
7556 * Found a terminated line above an unterminated line. Add
7557 * the amount for a continuation line.
7558 * x = 1;
7559 * y = foo +
7560 * -> here;
7561 * or
7562 * int x = 1;
7563 * int foo,
7564 * -> here;
7565 */
7566 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7567 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7568 {
7569 if (cont_amount > 0)
7570 amount = cont_amount;
7571 else
7572 amount += ind_continuation;
7573 break;
7574 }
7575
7576 /*
7577 * Found a terminated line above a terminated line or "if"
7578 * etc. line. Use the amount of the line below us.
7579 * x = 1; x = 1;
7580 * if (asdf) y = 2;
7581 * while (asdf) ->here;
7582 * here;
7583 * ->foo;
7584 */
7585 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
7586 {
7587 if (!lookfor_break && whilelevel == 0)
7588 break;
7589 }
7590
7591 /*
7592 * First line above the one we're indenting is terminated.
7593 * To know what needs to be done look further backward for
7594 * a terminated line.
7595 */
7596 else
7597 {
7598 /*
7599 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so
7600 * that matching it will take us back to the start of
7601 * the line. Helps for:
7602 * func(asdr,
7603 * asdfasdf);
7604 * here;
7605 */
7606term_again:
7607 l = ml_get_curline();
7608 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
7609 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7610 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7611 {
7612 /*
7613 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
7614 * handled above.
7615 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
7616 * asdf)
7617 */
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007618 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007619 l = ml_get_curline();
7620 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
7621 {
7622 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007623 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007624 continue;
7625 }
7626 }
7627
7628 /* When aligning with the case statement, don't align
7629 * with a statement after it.
7630 * case 1: { <-- don't use this { position
7631 * stat;
7632 * }
7633 * case 2:
7634 * stat;
7635 * }
7636 */
7637 iscase = (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(l));
7638
7639 /*
7640 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
7641 * ignoring any jump label.
7642 */
7643 amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
7644 &l, ind_maxcomment);
7645
7646 if (theline[0] == '{')
7647 amount += ind_open_extra;
7648 /* See remark above: "Only add ind_open_extra.." */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007649 l = skipwhite(l);
7650 if (*l == '{')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007651 amount -= ind_open_extra;
7652 lookfor = iscase ? LOOKFOR_ANY : LOOKFOR_TERM;
7653
7654 /*
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007655 * When a terminated line starts with "else" skip to
7656 * the matching "if":
7657 * else 3;
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00007658 * indent this;
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007659 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
7660 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
7661 */
7662 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM
7663 && *l != '}'
7664 && cin_iselse(l)
7665 && whilelevel == 0)
7666 {
7667 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7668 == NULL
7669 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
7670 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL)
7671 break;
7672 continue;
7673 }
7674
7675 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007676 * If we're at the end of a block, skip to the start of
7677 * that block.
7678 */
7679 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7680 if (*cin_skipcomment(l) == '}'
7681 && (trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7682 != NULL) /* XXX */
7683 {
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007684 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007685 /* if not "else {" check for terminated again */
7686 /* but skip block for "} else {" */
7687 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7688 if (*l == '}' || !cin_iselse(l))
7689 goto term_again;
7690 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007691 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007692 }
7693 }
7694 }
7695 }
7696 }
7697 }
7698
7699 /* add extra indent for a comment */
7700 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
7701 amount += ind_comment;
7702 }
7703
7704 /*
7705 * ok -- we're not inside any sort of structure at all!
7706 *
7707 * this means we're at the top level, and everything should
7708 * basically just match where the previous line is, except
7709 * for the lines immediately following a function declaration,
7710 * which are K&R-style parameters and need to be indented.
7711 */
7712 else
7713 {
7714 /*
7715 * if our line starts with an open brace, forget about any
7716 * prevailing indent and make sure it looks like the start
7717 * of a function
7718 */
7719
7720 if (theline[0] == '{')
7721 {
7722 amount = ind_first_open;
7723 }
7724
7725 /*
7726 * If the NEXT line is a function declaration, the current
7727 * line needs to be indented as a function type spec.
7728 * Don't do this if the current line looks like a comment
7729 * or if the current line is terminated, ie. ends in ';'.
7730 */
7731 else if (cur_curpos.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
7732 && !cin_nocode(theline)
7733 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)":", NULL)
7734 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7735 && cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum + 1)
7736 && !cin_isterminated(theline, FALSE, TRUE))
7737 {
7738 amount = ind_func_type;
7739 }
7740 else
7741 {
7742 amount = 0;
7743 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
7744
7745 /* search backwards until we find something we recognize */
7746
7747 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7748 {
7749 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
7750 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7751
7752 l = ml_get_curline();
7753
7754 /*
7755 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
7756 */ /* XXX */
7757 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7758 {
7759 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007760 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007761 continue;
7762 }
7763
7764 /*
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007765 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
7766 * constructor initialization?
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007767 */ /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007768 n = FALSE;
7769 if (ind_cpp_baseclass != 0 && theline[0] != '{')
7770 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00007771 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col);
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007772 l = ml_get_curline();
7773 }
7774 if (n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007775 {
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007776 /* XXX */
7777 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen,
7778 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007779 break;
7780 }
7781
7782 /*
7783 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
7784 */
7785 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7786 continue;
7787
7788 if (cin_nocode(l))
7789 continue;
7790
7791 /*
7792 * If the previous line ends in ',', use one level of
7793 * indentation:
7794 * int foo,
7795 * bar;
7796 * do this before checking for '}' in case of eg.
7797 * enum foobar
7798 * {
7799 * ...
7800 * } foo,
7801 * bar;
7802 */
7803 n = 0;
7804 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7805 || (*l != NUL && (n = l[STRLEN(l) - 1]) == '\\'))
7806 {
7807 /* take us back to opening paren */
7808 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
7809 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7810 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007811 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007812
7813 /* For a line ending in ',' that is a continuation line go
7814 * back to the first line with a backslash:
7815 * char *foo = "bla\
7816 * bla",
7817 * here;
7818 */
7819 while (n == 0 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7820 {
7821 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7822 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
7823 break;
7824 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007825 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007826 }
7827
7828 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7829
7830 if (amount == 0)
7831 amount = cin_first_id_amount();
7832 if (amount == 0)
7833 amount = ind_continuation;
7834 break;
7835 }
7836
7837 /*
7838 * If the line looks like a function declaration, and we're
7839 * not in a comment, put it the left margin.
7840 */
7841 if (cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum)) /* XXX */
7842 break;
7843 l = ml_get_curline();
7844
7845 /*
7846 * Finding the closing '}' of a previous function. Put
7847 * current line at the left margin. For when 'cino' has "fs".
7848 */
7849 if (*skipwhite(l) == '}')
7850 break;
7851
7852 /* (matching {)
7853 * If the previous line ends on '};' (maybe followed by
7854 * comments) align at column 0. For example:
7855 * char *string_array[] = { "foo",
7856 * / * x * / "b};ar" }; / * foobar * /
7857 */
7858 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"};", NULL))
7859 break;
7860
7861 /*
7862 * If the PREVIOUS line is a function declaration, the current
7863 * line (and the ones that follow) needs to be indented as
7864 * parameters.
7865 */
7866 if (cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7867 {
7868 amount = ind_param;
7869 break;
7870 }
7871
7872 /*
7873 * If the previous line ends in ';' and the line before the
7874 * previous line ends in ',' or '\', ident to column zero:
7875 * int foo,
7876 * bar;
7877 * indent_to_0 here;
7878 */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007879 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)";", NULL))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007880 {
7881 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7882 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7883 || (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\'))
7884 break;
7885 l = ml_get_curline();
7886 }
7887
7888 /*
7889 * Doesn't look like anything interesting -- so just
7890 * use the indent of this line.
7891 *
7892 * Position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
7893 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
7894 */
7895 find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
7896
7897 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7898 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007899 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007900 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7901 break;
7902 }
7903
7904 /* add extra indent for a comment */
7905 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
7906 amount += ind_comment;
7907
7908 /* add extra indent if the previous line ended in a backslash:
7909 * "asdfasdf\
7910 * here";
7911 * char *foo = "asdf\
7912 * here";
7913 */
7914 if (cur_curpos.lnum > 1)
7915 {
7916 l = ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
7917 if (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
7918 {
7919 cur_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
7920 if (cur_amount > 0)
7921 amount = cur_amount;
7922 else if (cur_amount == 0)
7923 amount += ind_continuation;
7924 }
7925 }
7926 }
7927 }
7928
7929theend:
7930 /* put the cursor back where it belongs */
7931 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
7932
7933 vim_free(linecopy);
7934
7935 if (amount < 0)
7936 return 0;
7937 return amount;
7938}
7939
7940 static int
7941find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
7942 int lookfor;
7943 linenr_T ourscope;
7944 int ind_maxparen;
7945 int ind_maxcomment;
7946{
7947 char_u *look;
7948 pos_T *theirscope;
7949 char_u *mightbeif;
7950 int elselevel;
7951 int whilelevel;
7952
7953 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
7954 {
7955 elselevel = 1;
7956 whilelevel = 0;
7957 }
7958 else
7959 {
7960 elselevel = 0;
7961 whilelevel = 1;
7962 }
7963
7964 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7965
7966 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > ourscope + 1)
7967 {
7968 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
7969 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7970
7971 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7972 if (cin_iselse(look)
7973 || cin_isif(look)
7974 || cin_isdo(look) /* XXX */
7975 || cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
7976 {
7977 /*
7978 * if we've gone outside the braces entirely,
7979 * we must be out of scope...
7980 */
7981 theirscope = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */
7982 if (theirscope == NULL)
7983 break;
7984
7985 /*
7986 * and if the brace enclosing this is further
7987 * back than the one enclosing the else, we're
7988 * out of luck too.
7989 */
7990 if (theirscope->lnum < ourscope)
7991 break;
7992
7993 /*
7994 * and if they're enclosed in a *deeper* brace,
7995 * then we can ignore it because it's in a
7996 * different scope...
7997 */
7998 if (theirscope->lnum > ourscope)
7999 continue;
8000
8001 /*
8002 * if it was an "else" (that's not an "else if")
8003 * then we need to go back to another if, so
8004 * increment elselevel
8005 */
8006 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
8007 if (cin_iselse(look))
8008 {
8009 mightbeif = cin_skipcomment(look + 4);
8010 if (!cin_isif(mightbeif))
8011 ++elselevel;
8012 continue;
8013 }
8014
8015 /*
8016 * if it was a "while" then we need to go back to
8017 * another "do", so increment whilelevel. XXX
8018 */
8019 if (cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
8020 {
8021 ++whilelevel;
8022 continue;
8023 }
8024
8025 /* If it's an "if" decrement elselevel */
8026 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
8027 if (cin_isif(look))
8028 {
8029 elselevel--;
8030 /*
8031 * When looking for an "if" ignore "while"s that
8032 * get in the way.
8033 */
8034 if (elselevel == 0 && lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
8035 whilelevel = 0;
8036 }
8037
8038 /* If it's a "do" decrement whilelevel */
8039 if (cin_isdo(look))
8040 whilelevel--;
8041
8042 /*
8043 * if we've used up all the elses, then
8044 * this must be the if that we want!
8045 * match the indent level of that if.
8046 */
8047 if (elselevel <= 0 && whilelevel <= 0)
8048 {
8049 return OK;
8050 }
8051 }
8052 }
8053 return FAIL;
8054}
8055
8056# if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
8057/*
8058 * Get indent level from 'indentexpr'.
8059 */
8060 int
8061get_expr_indent()
8062{
8063 int indent;
8064 pos_T pos;
8065 int save_State;
Bram Moolenaard1f56e62006-02-22 21:25:37 +00008066 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"indentexpr",
8067 OPT_LOCAL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008068
8069 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
8070 set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
Bram Moolenaarb71eaae2006-01-20 23:10:18 +00008071 if (use_sandbox)
8072 ++sandbox;
8073 ++textlock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008074 indent = eval_to_number(curbuf->b_p_inde);
Bram Moolenaarb71eaae2006-01-20 23:10:18 +00008075 if (use_sandbox)
8076 --sandbox;
8077 --textlock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008078
8079 /* Restore the cursor position so that 'indentexpr' doesn't need to.
8080 * Pretend to be in Insert mode, allow cursor past end of line for "o"
8081 * command. */
8082 save_State = State;
8083 State = INSERT;
8084 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
8085 check_cursor();
8086 State = save_State;
8087
8088 /* If there is an error, just keep the current indent. */
8089 if (indent < 0)
8090 indent = get_indent();
8091
8092 return indent;
8093}
8094# endif
8095
8096#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
8097
8098#if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(PROTO)
8099
8100static int lisp_match __ARGS((char_u *p));
8101
8102 static int
8103lisp_match(p)
8104 char_u *p;
8105{
8106 char_u buf[LSIZE];
8107 int len;
8108 char_u *word = p_lispwords;
8109
8110 while (*word != NUL)
8111 {
8112 (void)copy_option_part(&word, buf, LSIZE, ",");
8113 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
8114 if (STRNCMP(buf, p, len) == 0 && p[len] == ' ')
8115 return TRUE;
8116 }
8117 return FALSE;
8118}
8119
8120/*
8121 * When 'p' is present in 'cpoptions, a Vi compatible method is used.
8122 * The incompatible newer method is quite a bit better at indenting
8123 * code in lisp-like languages than the traditional one; it's still
8124 * mostly heuristics however -- Dirk van Deun, dirk@rave.org
8125 *
8126 * TODO:
8127 * Findmatch() should be adapted for lisp, also to make showmatch
8128 * work correctly: now (v5.3) it seems all C/C++ oriented:
8129 * - it does not recognize the #\( and #\) notations as character literals
8130 * - it doesn't know about comments starting with a semicolon
8131 * - it incorrectly interprets '(' as a character literal
8132 * All this messes up get_lisp_indent in some rare cases.
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008133 * Update from Sergey Khorev:
8134 * I tried to fix the first two issues.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008135 */
8136 int
8137get_lisp_indent()
8138{
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008139 pos_T *pos, realpos, paren;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008140 int amount;
8141 char_u *that;
8142 colnr_T col;
8143 colnr_T firsttry;
8144 int parencount, quotecount;
8145 int vi_lisp;
8146
8147 /* Set vi_lisp to use the vi-compatible method */
8148 vi_lisp = (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISP) != NULL);
8149
8150 realpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8151 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
8152
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008153 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) == NULL)
8154 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
8155 else
8156 {
8157 paren = *pos;
8158 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
8159 if (pos == NULL || ltp(pos, &paren))
8160 pos = &paren;
8161 }
8162 if (pos != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008163 {
8164 /* Extra trick: Take the indent of the first previous non-white
8165 * line that is at the same () level. */
8166 amount = -1;
8167 parencount = 0;
8168
8169 while (--curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= pos->lnum)
8170 {
8171 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
8172 continue;
8173 for (that = ml_get_curline(); *that != NUL; ++that)
8174 {
8175 if (*that == ';')
8176 {
8177 while (*(that + 1) != NUL)
8178 ++that;
8179 continue;
8180 }
8181 if (*that == '\\')
8182 {
8183 if (*(that + 1) != NUL)
8184 ++that;
8185 continue;
8186 }
8187 if (*that == '"' && *(that + 1) != NUL)
8188 {
Bram Moolenaar15ff6c12006-09-15 18:18:09 +00008189 while (*++that && *that != '"')
8190 {
8191 /* skipping escaped characters in the string */
8192 if (*that == '\\')
8193 {
8194 if (*++that == NUL)
8195 break;
8196 if (that[1] == NUL)
8197 {
8198 ++that;
8199 break;
8200 }
8201 }
8202 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008203 }
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008204 if (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008205 ++parencount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008206 else if (*that == ')' || *that == ']')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008207 --parencount;
8208 }
8209 if (parencount == 0)
8210 {
8211 amount = get_indent();
8212 break;
8213 }
8214 }
8215
8216 if (amount == -1)
8217 {
8218 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
8219 curwin->w_cursor.col = pos->col;
8220 col = pos->col;
8221
8222 that = ml_get_curline();
8223
8224 if (vi_lisp && get_indent() == 0)
8225 amount = 2;
8226 else
8227 {
8228 amount = 0;
8229 while (*that && col)
8230 {
8231 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, (colnr_T)amount);
8232 col--;
8233 }
8234
8235 /*
8236 * Some keywords require "body" indenting rules (the
8237 * non-standard-lisp ones are Scheme special forms):
8238 *
8239 * (let ((a 1)) instead (let ((a 1))
8240 * (...)) of (...))
8241 */
8242
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008243 if (!vi_lisp && (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
8244 && lisp_match(that + 1))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008245 amount += 2;
8246 else
8247 {
8248 that++;
8249 amount++;
8250 firsttry = amount;
8251
8252 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
8253 {
8254 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
8255 ++that;
8256 }
8257
8258 if (*that && *that != ';') /* not a comment line */
8259 {
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00008260 /* test *that != '(' to accommodate first let/do
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008261 * argument if it is more than one line */
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008262 if (!vi_lisp && *that != '(' && *that != '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008263 firsttry++;
8264
8265 parencount = 0;
8266 quotecount = 0;
8267
8268 if (vi_lisp
8269 || (*that != '"'
8270 && *that != '\''
8271 && *that != '#'
8272 && (*that < '0' || *that > '9')))
8273 {
8274 while (*that
8275 && (!vim_iswhite(*that)
8276 || quotecount
8277 || parencount)
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008278 && (!((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008279 && !quotecount
8280 && !parencount
8281 && vi_lisp)))
8282 {
8283 if (*that == '"')
8284 quotecount = !quotecount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008285 if ((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
8286 && !quotecount)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008287 ++parencount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008288 if ((*that == ')' || *that == ']')
8289 && !quotecount)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008290 --parencount;
8291 if (*that == '\\' && *(that+1) != NUL)
8292 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
8293 (colnr_T)amount);
8294 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
8295 (colnr_T)amount);
8296 }
8297 }
8298 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
8299 {
8300 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
8301 that++;
8302 }
8303 if (!*that || *that == ';')
8304 amount = firsttry;
8305 }
8306 }
8307 }
8308 }
8309 }
8310 else
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008311 amount = 0; /* no matching '(' or '[' found, use zero indent */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008312
8313 curwin->w_cursor = realpos;
8314
8315 return amount;
8316}
8317#endif /* FEAT_LISP */
8318
8319 void
8320prepare_to_exit()
8321{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00008322#if defined(SIGHUP) && defined(SIG_IGN)
8323 /* Ignore SIGHUP, because a dropped connection causes a read error, which
8324 * makes Vim exit and then handling SIGHUP causes various reentrance
8325 * problems. */
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00008326 signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN);
8327#endif
8328
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008329#ifdef FEAT_GUI
8330 if (gui.in_use)
8331 {
8332 gui.dying = TRUE;
8333 out_trash(); /* trash any pending output */
8334 }
8335 else
8336#endif
8337 {
8338 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0);
8339
8340 /*
8341 * Switch terminal mode back now, so messages end up on the "normal"
8342 * screen (if there are two screens).
8343 */
8344 settmode(TMODE_COOK);
8345#ifdef WIN3264
8346 if (can_end_termcap_mode(FALSE) == TRUE)
8347#endif
8348 stoptermcap();
8349 out_flush();
8350 }
8351}
8352
8353/*
8354 * Preserve files and exit.
8355 * When called IObuff must contain a message.
8356 */
8357 void
8358preserve_exit()
8359{
8360 buf_T *buf;
8361
8362 prepare_to_exit();
8363
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00008364 /* Setting this will prevent free() calls. That avoids calling free()
8365 * recursively when free() was invoked with a bad pointer. */
8366 really_exiting = TRUE;
8367
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008368 out_str(IObuff);
8369 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8370 out_flush();
8371
8372 ml_close_notmod(); /* close all not-modified buffers */
8373
8374 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
8375 {
8376 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL && buf->b_ml.ml_mfp->mf_fname != NULL)
8377 {
8378 OUT_STR(_("Vim: preserving files...\n"));
8379 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8380 out_flush();
8381 ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE); /* preserve all swap files */
8382 break;
8383 }
8384 }
8385
8386 ml_close_all(FALSE); /* close all memfiles, without deleting */
8387
8388 OUT_STR(_("Vim: Finished.\n"));
8389
8390 getout(1);
8391}
8392
8393/*
8394 * return TRUE if "fname" exists.
8395 */
8396 int
8397vim_fexists(fname)
8398 char_u *fname;
8399{
8400 struct stat st;
8401
8402 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st))
8403 return FALSE;
8404 return TRUE;
8405}
8406
8407/*
8408 * Check for CTRL-C pressed, but only once in a while.
8409 * Should be used instead of ui_breakcheck() for functions that check for
8410 * each line in the file. Calling ui_breakcheck() each time takes too much
8411 * time, because it can be a system call.
8412 */
8413
8414#ifndef BREAKCHECK_SKIP
8415# ifdef FEAT_GUI /* assume the GUI only runs on fast computers */
8416# define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 200
8417# else
8418# define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 32
8419# endif
8420#endif
8421
8422static int breakcheck_count = 0;
8423
8424 void
8425line_breakcheck()
8426{
8427 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP)
8428 {
8429 breakcheck_count = 0;
8430 ui_breakcheck();
8431 }
8432}
8433
8434/*
8435 * Like line_breakcheck() but check 10 times less often.
8436 */
8437 void
8438fast_breakcheck()
8439{
8440 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP * 10)
8441 {
8442 breakcheck_count = 0;
8443 ui_breakcheck();
8444 }
8445}
8446
8447/*
Bram Moolenaard7834d32009-12-02 16:14:36 +00008448 * Invoke expand_wildcards() for one pattern.
8449 * Expand items like "%:h" before the expansion.
8450 * Returns OK or FAIL.
8451 */
8452 int
8453expand_wildcards_eval(pat, num_file, file, flags)
8454 char_u **pat; /* pointer to input pattern */
8455 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
8456 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
8457 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */
8458{
8459 int ret = FAIL;
8460 char_u *eval_pat = NULL;
8461 char_u *exp_pat = *pat;
8462 char_u *ignored_msg;
8463 int usedlen;
8464
8465 if (*exp_pat == '%' || *exp_pat == '#' || *exp_pat == '<')
8466 {
8467 ++emsg_off;
8468 eval_pat = eval_vars(exp_pat, exp_pat, &usedlen,
8469 NULL, &ignored_msg, NULL);
8470 --emsg_off;
8471 if (eval_pat != NULL)
8472 exp_pat = concat_str(eval_pat, exp_pat + usedlen);
8473 }
8474
8475 if (exp_pat != NULL)
8476 ret = expand_wildcards(1, &exp_pat, num_file, file, flags);
8477
8478 if (eval_pat != NULL)
8479 {
8480 vim_free(exp_pat);
8481 vim_free(eval_pat);
8482 }
8483
8484 return ret;
8485}
8486
8487/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008488 * Expand wildcards. Calls gen_expand_wildcards() and removes files matching
8489 * 'wildignore'.
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00008490 * Returns OK or FAIL.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008491 */
8492 int
8493expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
8494 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
8495 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
8496 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
8497 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
8498 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */
8499{
8500 int retval;
8501 int i, j;
8502 char_u *p;
8503 int non_suf_match; /* number without matching suffix */
8504
8505 retval = gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
8506
8507 /* When keeping all matches, return here */
8508 if (flags & EW_KEEPALL)
8509 return retval;
8510
8511#ifdef FEAT_WILDIGN
8512 /*
8513 * Remove names that match 'wildignore'.
8514 */
8515 if (*p_wig)
8516 {
8517 char_u *ffname;
8518
8519 /* check all files in (*file)[] */
8520 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
8521 {
8522 ffname = FullName_save((*file)[i], FALSE);
8523 if (ffname == NULL) /* out of memory */
8524 break;
8525# ifdef VMS
8526 vms_remove_version(ffname);
8527# endif
8528 if (match_file_list(p_wig, (*file)[i], ffname))
8529 {
8530 /* remove this matching file from the list */
8531 vim_free((*file)[i]);
8532 for (j = i; j + 1 < *num_file; ++j)
8533 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j + 1];
8534 --*num_file;
8535 --i;
8536 }
8537 vim_free(ffname);
8538 }
8539 }
8540#endif
8541
8542 /*
8543 * Move the names where 'suffixes' match to the end.
8544 */
8545 if (*num_file > 1)
8546 {
8547 non_suf_match = 0;
8548 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
8549 {
8550 if (!match_suffix((*file)[i]))
8551 {
8552 /*
8553 * Move the name without matching suffix to the front
8554 * of the list.
8555 */
8556 p = (*file)[i];
8557 for (j = i; j > non_suf_match; --j)
8558 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j - 1];
8559 (*file)[non_suf_match++] = p;
8560 }
8561 }
8562 }
8563
8564 return retval;
8565}
8566
8567/*
8568 * Return TRUE if "fname" matches with an entry in 'suffixes'.
8569 */
8570 int
8571match_suffix(fname)
8572 char_u *fname;
8573{
8574 int fnamelen, setsuflen;
8575 char_u *setsuf;
8576#define MAXSUFLEN 30 /* maximum length of a file suffix */
8577 char_u suf_buf[MAXSUFLEN];
8578
8579 fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(fname);
8580 setsuflen = 0;
8581 for (setsuf = p_su; *setsuf; )
8582 {
8583 setsuflen = copy_option_part(&setsuf, suf_buf, MAXSUFLEN, ".,");
Bram Moolenaar055a2ba2009-07-14 19:40:21 +00008584 if (setsuflen == 0)
8585 {
8586 char_u *tail = gettail(fname);
8587
8588 /* empty entry: match name without a '.' */
8589 if (vim_strchr(tail, '.') == NULL)
8590 {
8591 setsuflen = 1;
8592 break;
8593 }
8594 }
8595 else
8596 {
8597 if (fnamelen >= setsuflen
8598 && fnamencmp(suf_buf, fname + fnamelen - setsuflen,
8599 (size_t)setsuflen) == 0)
8600 break;
8601 setsuflen = 0;
8602 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008603 }
8604 return (setsuflen != 0);
8605}
8606
8607#if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO)
8608
8609# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
8610static int vim_backtick __ARGS((char_u *p));
8611static int expand_backtick __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pat, int flags));
8612# endif
8613
8614# if defined(MSDOS) || defined(FEAT_GUI_W16) || defined(WIN3264)
8615/*
8616 * File name expansion code for MS-DOS, Win16 and Win32. It's here because
8617 * it's shared between these systems.
8618 */
8619# if defined(DJGPP) || defined(PROTO)
8620# define _cdecl /* DJGPP doesn't have this */
8621# else
8622# ifdef __BORLANDC__
8623# define _cdecl _RTLENTRYF
8624# endif
8625# endif
8626
8627/*
8628 * comparison function for qsort in dos_expandpath()
8629 */
8630 static int _cdecl
8631pstrcmp(const void *a, const void *b)
8632{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00008633 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008634}
8635
8636# ifndef WIN3264
8637 static void
8638namelowcpy(
8639 char_u *d,
8640 char_u *s)
8641{
8642# ifdef DJGPP
8643 if (USE_LONG_FNAME) /* don't lower case on Windows 95/NT systems */
8644 while (*s)
8645 *d++ = *s++;
8646 else
8647# endif
8648 while (*s)
8649 *d++ = TOLOWER_LOC(*s++);
8650 *d = NUL;
8651}
8652# endif
8653
8654/*
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008655 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
8656 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008657 * Return the number of matches found.
8658 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
8659 * at "path[wildoff]".
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008660 * Return the number of matches found.
8661 * NOTE: much of this is identical to unix_expandpath(), keep in sync!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008662 */
8663 static int
8664dos_expandpath(
8665 garray_T *gap,
8666 char_u *path,
8667 int wildoff,
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008668 int flags, /* EW_* flags */
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00008669 int didstar) /* expanded "**" once already */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008670{
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008671 char_u *buf;
8672 char_u *path_end;
8673 char_u *p, *s, *e;
8674 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
8675 char_u *pat;
8676 regmatch_T regmatch;
8677 int starts_with_dot;
8678 int matches;
8679 int len;
8680 int starstar = FALSE;
8681 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008682#ifdef WIN3264
8683 WIN32_FIND_DATA fb;
8684 HANDLE hFind = (HANDLE)0;
8685# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8686 WIN32_FIND_DATAW wfb;
8687 WCHAR *wn = NULL; /* UCS-2 name, NULL when not used. */
8688# endif
8689#else
8690 struct ffblk fb;
8691#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008692 char_u *matchname;
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008693 int ok;
8694
8695 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
8696 if (stardepth > 0)
8697 {
8698 ui_breakcheck();
8699 if (got_int)
8700 return 0;
8701 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008702
8703 /* make room for file name */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008704 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008705 if (buf == NULL)
8706 return 0;
8707
8708 /*
8709 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard or a ~1.
8710 * Copy it into buf, including the preceding characters.
8711 */
8712 p = buf;
8713 s = buf;
8714 e = NULL;
8715 path_end = path;
8716 while (*path_end != NUL)
8717 {
8718 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
8719 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
8720 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
8721 *p++ = *path_end++;
8722 else if (*path_end == '\\' || *path_end == ':' || *path_end == '/')
8723 {
8724 if (e != NULL)
8725 break;
8726 s = p + 1;
8727 }
8728 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
8729 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[~", *path_end) != NULL)
8730 e = p;
8731#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8732 if (has_mbyte)
8733 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00008734 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008735 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
8736 p += len;
8737 path_end += len;
8738 }
8739 else
8740#endif
8741 *p++ = *path_end++;
8742 }
8743 e = p;
8744 *e = NUL;
8745
8746 /* now we have one wildcard component between s and e */
8747 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
8748 * component. */
8749 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
8750 if (rem_backslash(p))
8751 {
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00008752 STRMOVE(p, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008753 --e;
8754 --s;
8755 }
8756
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008757 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
8758 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
8759 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
8760 starstar = TRUE;
8761
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008762 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
8763 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
8764 if (pat == NULL)
8765 {
8766 vim_free(buf);
8767 return 0;
8768 }
8769
8770 /* compile the regexp into a program */
8771 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Always ignore case */
8772 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
8773 vim_free(pat);
8774
8775 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
8776 {
8777 vim_free(buf);
8778 return 0;
8779 }
8780
8781 /* remember the pattern or file name being looked for */
8782 matchname = vim_strsave(s);
8783
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008784 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
8785 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
8786 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
8787 && *path_end == '/')
8788 {
8789 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
8790 ++stardepth;
8791 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
8792 --stardepth;
8793 }
8794
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008795 /* Scan all files in the directory with "dir/ *.*" */
8796 STRCPY(s, "*.*");
8797#ifdef WIN3264
8798# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8799 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
8800 {
8801 /* The active codepage differs from 'encoding'. Attempt using the
8802 * wide function. If it fails because it is not implemented fall back
8803 * to the non-wide version (for Windows 98) */
Bram Moolenaar36f692d2008-11-20 16:10:17 +00008804 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008805 if (wn != NULL)
8806 {
8807 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
8808 if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
8809 && GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED)
8810 {
8811 vim_free(wn);
8812 wn = NULL;
8813 }
8814 }
8815 }
8816
8817 if (wn == NULL)
8818# endif
8819 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
8820 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
8821#else
8822 /* If we are expanding wildcards we try both files and directories */
8823 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
8824 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
8825#endif
8826
8827 while (ok)
8828 {
8829#ifdef WIN3264
8830# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8831 if (wn != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar36f692d2008-11-20 16:10:17 +00008832 p = utf16_to_enc(wfb.cFileName, NULL); /* p is allocated here */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008833 else
8834# endif
8835 p = (char_u *)fb.cFileName;
8836#else
8837 p = (char_u *)fb.ff_name;
8838#endif
8839 /* Ignore entries starting with a dot, unless when asked for. Accept
8840 * all entries found with "matchname". */
8841 if ((p[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
8842 && (matchname == NULL
8843 || vim_regexec(&regmatch, p, (colnr_T)0)))
8844 {
8845#ifdef WIN3264
8846 STRCPY(s, p);
8847#else
8848 namelowcpy(s, p);
8849#endif
8850 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008851
8852 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
8853 {
8854 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
8855 * find matches. */
8856 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
8857 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
8858 ++stardepth;
8859 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
8860 --stardepth;
8861 }
8862
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008863 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
8864 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end))
8865 {
8866 /* need to expand another component of the path */
8867 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008868 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008869 }
8870 else
8871 {
8872 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
8873 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
8874 if (*path_end != 0)
8875 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
8876 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
8877 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
8878 }
8879 }
8880
8881#ifdef WIN3264
8882# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8883 if (wn != NULL)
8884 {
8885 vim_free(p);
8886 ok = FindNextFileW(hFind, &wfb);
8887 }
8888 else
8889# endif
8890 ok = FindNextFile(hFind, &fb);
8891#else
8892 ok = (findnext(&fb) == 0);
8893#endif
8894
8895 /* If no more matches and no match was used, try expanding the name
8896 * itself. Finds the long name of a short filename. */
8897 if (!ok && matchname != NULL && gap->ga_len == start_len)
8898 {
8899 STRCPY(s, matchname);
8900#ifdef WIN3264
8901 FindClose(hFind);
8902# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8903 if (wn != NULL)
8904 {
8905 vim_free(wn);
Bram Moolenaar36f692d2008-11-20 16:10:17 +00008906 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008907 if (wn != NULL)
8908 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
8909 }
8910 if (wn == NULL)
8911# endif
8912 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
8913 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
8914#else
8915 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
8916 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
8917#endif
8918 vim_free(matchname);
8919 matchname = NULL;
8920 }
8921 }
8922
8923#ifdef WIN3264
8924 FindClose(hFind);
8925# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8926 vim_free(wn);
8927# endif
8928#endif
8929 vim_free(buf);
8930 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
8931 vim_free(matchname);
8932
8933 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
8934 if (matches > 0)
8935 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, (size_t)matches,
8936 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
8937 return matches;
8938}
8939
8940 int
8941mch_expandpath(
8942 garray_T *gap,
8943 char_u *path,
8944 int flags) /* EW_* flags */
8945{
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008946 return dos_expandpath(gap, path, 0, flags, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008947}
8948# endif /* MSDOS || FEAT_GUI_W16 || WIN3264 */
8949
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008950#if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(VMS)) || defined(USE_UNIXFILENAME) \
8951 || defined(PROTO)
8952/*
8953 * Unix style wildcard expansion code.
8954 * It's here because it's used both for Unix and Mac.
8955 */
8956static int pstrcmp __ARGS((const void *, const void *));
8957
8958 static int
8959pstrcmp(a, b)
8960 const void *a, *b;
8961{
8962 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
8963}
8964
8965/*
8966 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
8967 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
8968 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
8969 * at "path + wildoff".
8970 * Return the number of matches found.
8971 * NOTE: much of this is identical to dos_expandpath(), keep in sync!
8972 */
8973 int
8974unix_expandpath(gap, path, wildoff, flags, didstar)
8975 garray_T *gap;
8976 char_u *path;
8977 int wildoff;
8978 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
8979 int didstar; /* expanded "**" once already */
8980{
8981 char_u *buf;
8982 char_u *path_end;
8983 char_u *p, *s, *e;
8984 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
8985 char_u *pat;
8986 regmatch_T regmatch;
8987 int starts_with_dot;
8988 int matches;
8989 int len;
8990 int starstar = FALSE;
8991 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
8992
8993 DIR *dirp;
8994 struct dirent *dp;
8995
8996 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
8997 if (stardepth > 0)
8998 {
8999 ui_breakcheck();
9000 if (got_int)
9001 return 0;
9002 }
9003
9004 /* make room for file name */
9005 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
9006 if (buf == NULL)
9007 return 0;
9008
9009 /*
9010 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard.
9011 * Copy it into "buf", including the preceding characters.
9012 */
9013 p = buf;
9014 s = buf;
9015 e = NULL;
9016 path_end = path;
9017 while (*path_end != NUL)
9018 {
9019 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
9020 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
9021 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
9022 *p++ = *path_end++;
9023 else if (*path_end == '/')
9024 {
9025 if (e != NULL)
9026 break;
9027 s = p + 1;
9028 }
9029 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
9030 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[{~$", *path_end) != NULL)
9031 e = p;
9032#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9033 if (has_mbyte)
9034 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00009035 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009036 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
9037 p += len;
9038 path_end += len;
9039 }
9040 else
9041#endif
9042 *p++ = *path_end++;
9043 }
9044 e = p;
9045 *e = NUL;
9046
9047 /* now we have one wildcard component between "s" and "e" */
9048 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
9049 * component. */
9050 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
9051 if (rem_backslash(p))
9052 {
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00009053 STRMOVE(p, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009054 --e;
9055 --s;
9056 }
9057
9058 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
9059 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
9060 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
9061 starstar = TRUE;
9062
9063 /* convert the file pattern to a regexp pattern */
9064 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
9065 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
9066 if (pat == NULL)
9067 {
9068 vim_free(buf);
9069 return 0;
9070 }
9071
9072 /* compile the regexp into a program */
Bram Moolenaarcc016f52005-12-10 20:23:46 +00009073#ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009074 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Behave like Terminal.app */
9075#else
9076 regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE; /* Don't ever ignore case */
9077#endif
9078 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
9079 vim_free(pat);
9080
9081 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
9082 {
9083 vim_free(buf);
9084 return 0;
9085 }
9086
9087 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
9088 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
9089 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
9090 && *path_end == '/')
9091 {
9092 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
9093 ++stardepth;
9094 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
9095 --stardepth;
9096 }
9097
9098 /* open the directory for scanning */
9099 *s = NUL;
9100 dirp = opendir(*buf == NUL ? "." : (char *)buf);
9101
9102 /* Find all matching entries */
9103 if (dirp != NULL)
9104 {
9105 for (;;)
9106 {
9107 dp = readdir(dirp);
9108 if (dp == NULL)
9109 break;
9110 if ((dp->d_name[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
9111 && vim_regexec(&regmatch, (char_u *)dp->d_name, (colnr_T)0))
9112 {
9113 STRCPY(s, dp->d_name);
9114 len = STRLEN(buf);
9115
9116 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
9117 {
9118 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
9119 * find matches. */
9120 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
9121 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
9122 ++stardepth;
9123 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
9124 --stardepth;
9125 }
9126
9127 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
9128 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) /* handle more wildcards */
9129 {
9130 /* need to expand another component of the path */
9131 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
9132 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
9133 }
9134 else
9135 {
9136 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
9137 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
9138 if (*path_end != NUL)
9139 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
9140 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
9141 {
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00009142#ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009143 size_t precomp_len = STRLEN(buf)+1;
9144 char_u *precomp_buf =
9145 mac_precompose_path(buf, precomp_len, &precomp_len);
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00009146
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009147 if (precomp_buf)
9148 {
9149 mch_memmove(buf, precomp_buf, precomp_len);
9150 vim_free(precomp_buf);
9151 }
9152#endif
9153 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
9154 }
9155 }
9156 }
9157 }
9158
9159 closedir(dirp);
9160 }
9161
9162 vim_free(buf);
9163 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
9164
9165 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
9166 if (matches > 0)
9167 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, matches,
9168 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
9169 return matches;
9170}
9171#endif
9172
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009173/*
9174 * Generic wildcard expansion code.
9175 *
9176 * Characters in "pat" that should not be expanded must be preceded with a
9177 * backslash. E.g., "/path\ with\ spaces/my\*star*"
9178 *
9179 * Return FAIL when no single file was found. In this case "num_file" is not
9180 * set, and "file" may contain an error message.
9181 * Return OK when some files found. "num_file" is set to the number of
9182 * matches, "file" to the array of matches. Call FreeWild() later.
9183 */
9184 int
9185gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
9186 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
9187 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
9188 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
9189 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
9190 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9191{
9192 int i;
9193 garray_T ga;
9194 char_u *p;
9195 static int recursive = FALSE;
9196 int add_pat;
9197
9198 /*
9199 * expand_env() is called to expand things like "~user". If this fails,
9200 * it calls ExpandOne(), which brings us back here. In this case, always
9201 * call the machine specific expansion function, if possible. Otherwise,
9202 * return FAIL.
9203 */
9204 if (recursive)
9205#ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
9206 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
9207#else
9208 return FAIL;
9209#endif
9210
9211#ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
9212 /*
9213 * If there are any special wildcard characters which we cannot handle
9214 * here, call machine specific function for all the expansion. This
9215 * avoids starting the shell for each argument separately.
9216 * For `=expr` do use the internal function.
9217 */
9218 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; i++)
9219 {
9220 if (vim_strpbrk(pat[i], (char_u *)SPECIAL_WILDCHAR) != NULL
9221# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9222 && !(vim_backtick(pat[i]) && pat[i][1] == '=')
9223# endif
9224 )
9225 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
9226 }
9227#endif
9228
9229 recursive = TRUE;
9230
9231 /*
9232 * The matching file names are stored in a growarray. Init it empty.
9233 */
9234 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 30);
9235
9236 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; ++i)
9237 {
9238 add_pat = -1;
9239 p = pat[i];
9240
9241#ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9242 if (vim_backtick(p))
9243 add_pat = expand_backtick(&ga, p, flags);
9244 else
9245#endif
9246 {
9247 /*
9248 * First expand environment variables, "~/" and "~user/".
9249 */
9250 if (vim_strpbrk(p, (char_u *)"$~") != NULL)
9251 {
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00009252 p = expand_env_save_opt(p, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009253 if (p == NULL)
9254 p = pat[i];
9255#ifdef UNIX
9256 /*
9257 * On Unix, if expand_env() can't expand an environment
9258 * variable, use the shell to do that. Discard previously
9259 * found file names and start all over again.
9260 */
9261 else if (vim_strpbrk(p, (char_u *)"$~") != NULL)
9262 {
9263 vim_free(p);
Bram Moolenaar782027e2009-06-24 14:25:49 +00009264 ga_clear_strings(&ga);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009265 i = mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file,
9266 flags);
9267 recursive = FALSE;
9268 return i;
9269 }
9270#endif
9271 }
9272
9273 /*
9274 * If there are wildcards: Expand file names and add each match to
9275 * the list. If there is no match, and EW_NOTFOUND is given, add
9276 * the pattern.
9277 * If there are no wildcards: Add the file name if it exists or
9278 * when EW_NOTFOUND is given.
9279 */
9280 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(p))
9281 add_pat = mch_expandpath(&ga, p, flags);
9282 }
9283
9284 if (add_pat == -1 || (add_pat == 0 && (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)))
9285 {
9286 char_u *t = backslash_halve_save(p);
9287
9288#if defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
9289 slash_to_colon(t);
9290#endif
9291 /* When EW_NOTFOUND is used, always add files and dirs. Makes
9292 * "vim c:/" work. */
9293 if (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)
9294 addfile(&ga, t, flags | EW_DIR | EW_FILE);
9295 else if (mch_getperm(t) >= 0)
9296 addfile(&ga, t, flags);
9297 vim_free(t);
9298 }
9299
9300 if (p != pat[i])
9301 vim_free(p);
9302 }
9303
9304 *num_file = ga.ga_len;
9305 *file = (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? (char_u **)ga.ga_data : (char_u **)"";
9306
9307 recursive = FALSE;
9308
9309 return (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? OK : FAIL;
9310}
9311
9312# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9313
9314/*
9315 * Return TRUE if we can expand this backtick thing here.
9316 */
9317 static int
9318vim_backtick(p)
9319 char_u *p;
9320{
9321 return (*p == '`' && *(p + 1) != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == '`');
9322}
9323
9324/*
9325 * Expand an item in `backticks` by executing it as a command.
9326 * Currently only works when pat[] starts and ends with a `.
9327 * Returns number of file names found.
9328 */
9329 static int
9330expand_backtick(gap, pat, flags)
9331 garray_T *gap;
9332 char_u *pat;
9333 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9334{
9335 char_u *p;
9336 char_u *cmd;
9337 char_u *buffer;
9338 int cnt = 0;
9339 int i;
9340
9341 /* Create the command: lop off the backticks. */
9342 cmd = vim_strnsave(pat + 1, (int)STRLEN(pat) - 2);
9343 if (cmd == NULL)
9344 return 0;
9345
9346#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
9347 if (*cmd == '=') /* `={expr}`: Expand expression */
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00009348 buffer = eval_to_string(cmd + 1, &p, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009349 else
9350#endif
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009351 buffer = get_cmd_output(cmd, NULL,
9352 (flags & EW_SILENT) ? SHELL_SILENT : 0);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009353 vim_free(cmd);
9354 if (buffer == NULL)
9355 return 0;
9356
9357 cmd = buffer;
9358 while (*cmd != NUL)
9359 {
9360 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); /* skip over white space */
9361 p = cmd;
9362 while (*p != NUL && *p != '\r' && *p != '\n') /* skip over entry */
9363 ++p;
9364 /* add an entry if it is not empty */
9365 if (p > cmd)
9366 {
9367 i = *p;
9368 *p = NUL;
9369 addfile(gap, cmd, flags);
9370 *p = i;
9371 ++cnt;
9372 }
9373 cmd = p;
9374 while (*cmd != NUL && (*cmd == '\r' || *cmd == '\n'))
9375 ++cmd;
9376 }
9377
9378 vim_free(buffer);
9379 return cnt;
9380}
9381# endif /* VIM_BACKTICK */
9382
9383/*
9384 * Add a file to a file list. Accepted flags:
9385 * EW_DIR add directories
9386 * EW_FILE add files
Bram Moolenaar1f35bf92006-03-07 22:38:47 +00009387 * EW_EXEC add executable files
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009388 * EW_NOTFOUND add even when it doesn't exist
9389 * EW_ADDSLASH add slash after directory name
9390 */
9391 void
9392addfile(gap, f, flags)
9393 garray_T *gap;
9394 char_u *f; /* filename */
9395 int flags;
9396{
9397 char_u *p;
9398 int isdir;
9399
9400 /* if the file/dir doesn't exist, may not add it */
9401 if (!(flags & EW_NOTFOUND) && mch_getperm(f) < 0)
9402 return;
9403
9404#ifdef FNAME_ILLEGAL
9405 /* if the file/dir contains illegal characters, don't add it */
9406 if (vim_strpbrk(f, (char_u *)FNAME_ILLEGAL) != NULL)
9407 return;
9408#endif
9409
9410 isdir = mch_isdir(f);
9411 if ((isdir && !(flags & EW_DIR)) || (!isdir && !(flags & EW_FILE)))
9412 return;
9413
Bram Moolenaar1f35bf92006-03-07 22:38:47 +00009414 /* If the file isn't executable, may not add it. Do accept directories. */
9415 if (!isdir && (flags & EW_EXEC) && !mch_can_exe(f))
9416 return;
9417
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009418 /* Make room for another item in the file list. */
9419 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL)
9420 return;
9421
9422 p = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(f) + 1 + isdir));
9423 if (p == NULL)
9424 return;
9425
9426 STRCPY(p, f);
9427#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
9428 slash_adjust(p);
9429#endif
9430 /*
9431 * Append a slash or backslash after directory names if none is present.
9432 */
9433#ifndef DONT_ADD_PATHSEP_TO_DIR
9434 if (isdir && (flags & EW_ADDSLASH))
9435 add_pathsep(p);
9436#endif
9437 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009438}
9439#endif /* !NO_EXPANDPATH */
9440
9441#if defined(VIM_BACKTICK) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
9442
9443#ifndef SEEK_SET
9444# define SEEK_SET 0
9445#endif
9446#ifndef SEEK_END
9447# define SEEK_END 2
9448#endif
9449
9450/*
9451 * Get the stdout of an external command.
9452 * Returns an allocated string, or NULL for error.
9453 */
9454 char_u *
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009455get_cmd_output(cmd, infile, flags)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009456 char_u *cmd;
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009457 char_u *infile; /* optional input file name */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009458 int flags; /* can be SHELL_SILENT */
9459{
9460 char_u *tempname;
9461 char_u *command;
9462 char_u *buffer = NULL;
9463 int len;
9464 int i = 0;
9465 FILE *fd;
9466
9467 if (check_restricted() || check_secure())
9468 return NULL;
9469
9470 /* get a name for the temp file */
9471 if ((tempname = vim_tempname('o')) == NULL)
9472 {
9473 EMSG(_(e_notmp));
9474 return NULL;
9475 }
9476
9477 /* Add the redirection stuff */
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009478 command = make_filter_cmd(cmd, infile, tempname);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009479 if (command == NULL)
9480 goto done;
9481
9482 /*
9483 * Call the shell to execute the command (errors are ignored).
9484 * Don't check timestamps here.
9485 */
9486 ++no_check_timestamps;
9487 call_shell(command, SHELL_DOOUT | SHELL_EXPAND | flags);
9488 --no_check_timestamps;
9489
9490 vim_free(command);
9491
9492 /*
9493 * read the names from the file into memory
9494 */
9495# ifdef VMS
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00009496 /* created temporary file is not always readable as binary */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009497 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, "r");
9498# else
9499 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, READBIN);
9500# endif
9501
9502 if (fd == NULL)
9503 {
9504 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), tempname);
9505 goto done;
9506 }
9507
9508 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_END);
9509 len = ftell(fd); /* get size of temp file */
9510 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_SET);
9511
9512 buffer = alloc(len + 1);
9513 if (buffer != NULL)
9514 i = (int)fread((char *)buffer, (size_t)1, (size_t)len, fd);
9515 fclose(fd);
9516 mch_remove(tempname);
9517 if (buffer == NULL)
9518 goto done;
9519#ifdef VMS
9520 len = i; /* VMS doesn't give us what we asked for... */
9521#endif
9522 if (i != len)
9523 {
9524 EMSG2(_(e_notread), tempname);
9525 vim_free(buffer);
9526 buffer = NULL;
9527 }
9528 else
9529 buffer[len] = '\0'; /* make sure the buffer is terminated */
9530
9531done:
9532 vim_free(tempname);
9533 return buffer;
9534}
9535#endif
9536
9537/*
9538 * Free the list of files returned by expand_wildcards() or other expansion
9539 * functions.
9540 */
9541 void
9542FreeWild(count, files)
9543 int count;
9544 char_u **files;
9545{
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00009546 if (count <= 0 || files == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009547 return;
9548#if defined(__EMX__) && defined(__ALWAYS_HAS_TRAILING_NULL_POINTER) /* XXX */
9549 /*
9550 * Is this still OK for when other functions than expand_wildcards() have
9551 * been used???
9552 */
9553 _fnexplodefree((char **)files);
9554#else
9555 while (count--)
9556 vim_free(files[count]);
9557 vim_free(files);
9558#endif
9559}
9560
9561/*
9562 * return TRUE when need to go to Insert mode because of 'insertmode'.
9563 * Don't do this when still processing a command or a mapping.
9564 * Don't do this when inside a ":normal" command.
9565 */
9566 int
9567goto_im()
9568{
9569 return (p_im && stuff_empty() && typebuf_typed());
9570}